Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

strong east

  • 1 este

    adj.
    east, eastern.
    m.
    east.
    viento del este east wind
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid
    los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe
    * * *
    ► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)
    1 this (plural) these
    ————————
    1 east, eastern
    2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly
    1 east
    2 (viento) east wind
    * * *
    1. = esta, adj. 2. adj.
    east, eastern
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    I
    1.
    ADJ INV [zona, área] east

    la costa este — the east o eastern coast

    íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

    2. SM
    1) (Geog) East, east

    la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

    2) (Pol)
    3) (tb: zona este) east
    4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
    II
    este, -a
    ADJ DEM
    1) [indicando proximidad]
    a) [sing] this

    ¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

    ¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

    b)

    estos/estas — these

    estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

    2) * [con valor enfático]

    ¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

    ¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *

    III
    este, -a
    PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
    1) [sing] this one

    ¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

    pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

    2)

    estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

    3) [locuciones]

    en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

    • en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

    4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

    este... — er..., um...

    In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    el este
    = east, the

    Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

    este1
    1 = east.

    Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

    * Alemania del Este = East Germany.
    * al este de = east of.
    * bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * del este = eastern.
    * del este asiático = East Asian.
    * derecho hacia el este = due east.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * este, el = east, the.
    * Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.
    * exactamente al este = due east.
    * habitante del este = Easterner.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * sudeste = southeast [south east].
    * sureste = southeast [south east].

    este2
    = present, such, this.

    Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.
    Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * con este fin = to that effect.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * de esta forma = in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * dicho esto = that said.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this stage, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos tiempos = in this day and age.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * esta = this.
    * esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * esta mañana = early today.
    * esta mañana temprano = early this morning.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * esta vez = this time around/round, this time.
    * éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * éste no es el caso en = not so in.
    * este tipo de = such.
    * este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * esto es así = this is the case.
    * esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.
    * esto no vale = this just won't do.
    * estos = these.
    * estos días = these days.
    * haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * partiendo de esto = on that basis.
    * pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.

    * * *
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern
    en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country
    iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction
    vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east
    el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast
    la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain
    (parte, sector): el este the east
    en el este del país in the east of the country
    está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá
    el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East
    vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east
    la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west
    dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east
    vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly
    más al este further east
    las ventanas dan al este the windows face east
    3
    el Este ( Pol) the East
    los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries
    4
    (pl estos, estas)
    1 this; (pl) these
    este chico this boy
    esta gente these people
    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me
    2 (como muletilla) well, er
    ¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    esté es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    E.    
    estar    
    este    
    éste
    E. (
    ◊ Este) E, East

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    ◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    ◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    éste v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
    iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
    el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (parte, sector):


    al éste de Lima to the east of Lima


    las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
    c)

    ◊ el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

    los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
    este 2,
    ◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

    a) this;

    (pl) these;

    estos dólares these dollars;
    usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    éste,
    ◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;


    (pl) these;
    éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
    un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
    éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
    prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
    sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
    ◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

    residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    este,-a adj dem
    1 this
    este barco, this ship
    esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
    estos hombres, these men
    estas mujeres, these women
    este sustantivo masculino
    1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
    al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
    (en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
    (dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
    2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
    éste,-a pron dem m,f
    1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

    ' éste' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - abultar
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acontecer
    - actualización
    - adelantarse
    - adelanto
    - afrutada
    - afrutado
    - ahora
    - ahorrar
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - ama
    - amo
    - andar
    - aparte
    - aplanar
    - aplatanada
    - aplatanado
    - arrastre
    - arreglo
    - así
    - asistencia
    - aterrizar
    - atravesarse
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastar
    - bastante
    - bendición
    - bien
    - cabezón
    - cabezona
    - cabida
    - caché
    - cachet
    - caer
    - calificar
    - capacidad
    - carbonizar
    - cariño
    - catalogar
    - caza
    - ceñirse
    - chapada
    English:
    acoustic
    - advanced
    - afford
    - afraid
    - aggressive
    - agony
    - agree
    - alleviate
    - ambience
    - amenities
    - anniversary
    - antidote
    - anywhere
    - architecture
    - arithmetic
    - attain
    - attribute
    - be
    - belong
    - blank
    - boggle
    - bore
    - breeze
    - broadsheet
    - bulky
    - bundle
    - buy
    - call
    - call at
    - can
    - capture
    - cash
    - chapter
    - characteristic
    - close-fitting
    - cold
    - come across
    - come in
    - come under
    - compact
    - complete
    - conception
    - concoction
    - consistent
    - convert
    - cramped
    - deadly
    - define
    - demand
    - deny
    * * *
    ♦ adj inv
    [posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
    la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;
    la costa este the east coast;
    tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;
    partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;
    ♦ nm
    1. [zona] east;
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;
    la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;
    viento del este east o easterly wind;
    habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    2. [punto cardinal] east;
    el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east
    3. [bloque geopolítico]
    el Este the East;
    los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe
    4. [viento] easterly, east wind
    este2, -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo
    1. [en general] this;
    [plural] these;
    esta camisa this shirt;
    este año this year;
    esta mañana this morning;
    esta noche tonight
    2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
    [plural] those;
    no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;
    el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working
    3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;
    y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;
    es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;
    este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?
    este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.
    1. [en general] this one;
    [plural] these (ones);
    dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;
    aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;
    esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;
    cualquier día de estos one of these days;
    Fam
    esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;
    en estas just then;
    en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;
    en una de estas one of these days;
    en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;
    Fam
    por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;
    ¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God
    2. [recién mencionado] the latter;
    entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat
    3. Fam [despectivo]
    este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;
    estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything
    4. Formal [en correspondencia]
    espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well
    * * *
    1 m east
    2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile
    * * *
    éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos
    1) : this one, these ones pl
    2) : the latter
    este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these
    este adj
    : eastern, east
    este nm
    1) oriente: east
    2) : east wind
    3)
    el Este : the East, the Orient
    * * *
    este1 adj this
    este2 n east

    Spanish-English dictionary > este

  • 2 éste

    adj.
    east, eastern.
    m.
    east.
    viento del este east wind
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid
    los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe
    * * *
    ► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)
    1 this (plural) these
    ————————
    1 east, eastern
    2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly
    1 east
    2 (viento) east wind
    * * *
    1. = esta, adj. 2. adj.
    east, eastern
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    I
    1.
    ADJ INV [zona, área] east

    la costa este — the east o eastern coast

    íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

    2. SM
    1) (Geog) East, east

    la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

    2) (Pol)
    3) (tb: zona este) east
    4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
    II
    este, -a
    ADJ DEM
    1) [indicando proximidad]
    a) [sing] this

    ¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

    ¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

    b)

    estos/estas — these

    estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

    2) * [con valor enfático]

    ¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

    ¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *

    III
    este, -a
    PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
    1) [sing] this one

    ¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

    pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

    2)

    estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

    3) [locuciones]

    en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

    • en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

    4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

    este... — er..., um...

    In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
    * * *
    ésta pronombre demostrativo (pl éstos, éstas)
    [According to the Real Academia Española the written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective]
    a) this one; (pl) these

    Alfonso y Andrés, éste de pie, aquél sentado — (liter)... Alfonso and Andrés, the former sitting down and the latter standing

    [sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval] qué niña ésta! — (fam) honestly, this child!

    b) ésta (frml) (en cartas, documentos) the city in which the letter is written
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    el este
    = east, the

    Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

    este1
    1 = east.

    Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

    * Alemania del Este = East Germany.
    * al este de = east of.
    * bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * del este = eastern.
    * del este asiático = East Asian.
    * derecho hacia el este = due east.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * este, el = east, the.
    * Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.
    * exactamente al este = due east.
    * habitante del este = Easterner.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * sudeste = southeast [south east].
    * sureste = southeast [south east].

    este2
    = present, such, this.

    Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.
    Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * con este fin = to that effect.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * de esta forma = in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * dicho esto = that said.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this stage, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos tiempos = in this day and age.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * esta = this.
    * esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * esta mañana = early today.
    * esta mañana temprano = early this morning.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * esta vez = this time around/round, this time.
    * éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * éste no es el caso en = not so in.
    * este tipo de = such.
    * este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * esto es así = this is the case.
    * esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.
    * esto no vale = this just won't do.
    * estos = these.
    * estos días = these days.
    * haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * partiendo de esto = on that basis.
    * pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.

    * * *
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern
    en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country
    iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction
    vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east
    el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast
    la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain
    (parte, sector): el este the east
    en el este del país in the east of the country
    está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá
    el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East
    vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east
    la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west
    dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east
    vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly
    más al este further east
    las ventanas dan al este the windows face east
    3
    el Este ( Pol) the East
    los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries
    4
    (pl estos, estas)
    1 this; (pl) these
    este chico this boy
    esta gente these people
    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me
    2 (como muletilla) well, er
    ¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    esté es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    E.    
    estar    
    este    
    éste
    E. (
    ◊ Este) E, East

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    ◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    ◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    éste v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
    iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
    el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (parte, sector):


    al éste de Lima to the east of Lima


    las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
    c)

    ◊ el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

    los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
    este 2,
    ◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

    a) this;

    (pl) these;

    estos dólares these dollars;
    usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    éste,
    ◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;


    (pl) these;
    éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
    un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
    éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
    prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
    sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
    ◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

    residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    este,-a adj dem
    1 this
    este barco, this ship
    esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
    estos hombres, these men
    estas mujeres, these women
    este sustantivo masculino
    1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
    al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
    (en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
    (dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
    2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
    éste,-a pron dem m,f
    1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

    ' éste' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - abultar
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acontecer
    - actualización
    - adelantarse
    - adelanto
    - afrutada
    - afrutado
    - ahora
    - ahorrar
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - ama
    - amo
    - andar
    - aparte
    - aplanar
    - aplatanada
    - aplatanado
    - arrastre
    - arreglo
    - así
    - asistencia
    - aterrizar
    - atravesarse
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastar
    - bastante
    - bendición
    - bien
    - cabezón
    - cabezona
    - cabida
    - caché
    - cachet
    - caer
    - calificar
    - capacidad
    - carbonizar
    - cariño
    - catalogar
    - caza
    - ceñirse
    - chapada
    English:
    acoustic
    - advanced
    - afford
    - afraid
    - aggressive
    - agony
    - agree
    - alleviate
    - ambience
    - amenities
    - anniversary
    - antidote
    - anywhere
    - architecture
    - arithmetic
    - attain
    - attribute
    - be
    - belong
    - blank
    - boggle
    - bore
    - breeze
    - broadsheet
    - bulky
    - bundle
    - buy
    - call
    - call at
    - can
    - capture
    - cash
    - chapter
    - characteristic
    - close-fitting
    - cold
    - come across
    - come in
    - come under
    - compact
    - complete
    - conception
    - concoction
    - consistent
    - convert
    - cramped
    - deadly
    - define
    - demand
    - deny
    * * *
    ♦ adj inv
    [posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
    la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;
    la costa este the east coast;
    tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;
    partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;
    ♦ nm
    1. [zona] east;
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;
    la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;
    viento del este east o easterly wind;
    habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    2. [punto cardinal] east;
    el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east
    3. [bloque geopolítico]
    el Este the East;
    los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe
    4. [viento] easterly, east wind
    este2, -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo
    1. [en general] this;
    [plural] these;
    esta camisa this shirt;
    este año this year;
    esta mañana this morning;
    esta noche tonight
    2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
    [plural] those;
    no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;
    el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working
    3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;
    y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;
    es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;
    este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?
    este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.
    1. [en general] this one;
    [plural] these (ones);
    dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;
    aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;
    esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;
    cualquier día de estos one of these days;
    Fam
    esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;
    en estas just then;
    en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;
    en una de estas one of these days;
    en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;
    Fam
    por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;
    ¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God
    2. [recién mencionado] the latter;
    entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat
    3. Fam [despectivo]
    este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;
    estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything
    4. Formal [en correspondencia]
    espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well
    * * *
    1 m east
    2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile
    * * *
    éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos
    1) : this one, these ones pl
    2) : the latter
    este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these
    este adj
    : eastern, east
    este nm
    1) oriente: east
    2) : east wind
    3)
    el Este : the East, the Orient
    * * *
    este1 adj this
    este2 n east

    Spanish-English dictionary > éste

  • 3 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 4 steif

    I Adj.
    1. stiff (auch Körperteil, Eischnee etc.); bes. PHYS. (starr) rigid; (fest) auch firm; Penis: hard; steifer Hals stiff neck; er hat ein steifes Bein auch he can’t bend his knee; steif vor Kälte stiff with cold; steifer Hut homburg (hat); steif wie ein Brett (as) stiff as a board; steif wie ein Stock (as) stiff as a poker; steif werden go stiff; Person: get stiff; Penis: get hard; Muskeln und fig.: stiffen; ich bin ( vom vielen Sitzen) ganz steif geworden I’m really stiff (from all this sitting around); steif schlagen beat until stiff; einen Steifen haben vulg. have a hard-on; halt die Ohren steif! chin up!
    2. fig. stiff; Bewegung: auch wooden (auch Lächeln, Interpretation); (förmlich) auch formal; steifer Gang stiff gait; steife Haltung stiff ( oder rigid) posture; Deutsche gelten oft als steif Germans are often thought to be stiff and formal
    3. (stark) steife Brise stiff breeze; steifer Grog strong hot grog
    II Adv.
    1. stiffly; steif gefroren auch fig. frozen stiff
    2. fig. stiffly; (förmlich) auch formally; sich steif bewegen auch have (very) stiff movements; dort geht es mir zu steif zu it’s too stiff and formal there for my liking
    3. steif und fest behaupten, dass... insist that, swear that...; steif und fest glauben, dass... firmly believe that...
    * * *
    (förmlich) constrained; wooden; prim;
    (starr) stiff; rigid
    * * *
    [ʃtaif]
    1. adj
    1) stiff; Grog stiff, strong; Penis hard, stiff, erect

    stéíf vor Kälte — stiff or numb with cold

    eine stéífe Brise — a stiff breeze

    ein stéífer Hals — a stiff neck

    ein stéífer Hut (= Melone) — a homburg (hat) a bowler (hat), a derby (US)

    sich stéíf (wie ein Brett) machen — to go rigid

    2) (= gestärkt) starched
    3) (= förmlich) stiff; Empfang, Konventionen, Begrüßung, Abend formal
    2. adv
    1)

    (= hart) das Eiweiß stéíf schlagen — to beat the egg white until stiff

    sie behauptete stéíf und fest, dass... — she insisted that...

    etw stéíf und fest glauben — to be convinced of sth

    2) (= förmlich) stiffly

    stéíf lächeln — to smile stiffly

    jdn stéíf behandeln — to be standoffish to sb

    * * *
    1) ((of behaviour, attitude etc) not relaxed and friendly: formal behaviour.) formal
    2) (rigid or firm, and not easily bent, folded etc: He has walked with a stiff leg since he injured his knee; stiff cardboard.) stiff
    3) (moving, or moved, with difficulty, pain etc: I can't turn the key - the lock is stiff; I woke up with a stiff neck; I felt stiff the day after the climb.) stiff
    4) (strong: a stiff breeze.) stiff
    5) ((of a person or his manner etc) formal and unfriendly: I received a stiff note from the bank manager.) stiff
    7) ((of a person, behaviour etc) too formal and correct: a prim manner; a prim old lady.) prim
    * * *
    [ʃtaif]
    1. (starr) stiff
    ein \steifer Kragen a stiff collar
    \steif vor Kälte stiff [or numb] with cold
    \steif wie ein Brett as stiff as a board
    ein \steifes Bein a stiff leg
    einen \steifen Hals haben to have a stiff neck
    ▪ \steif sein/werden to be/grow stiff
    sich akk \steif machen to go rigid, to lock one's muscles
    3. (förmlich) stiff, starchy BRIT pej fam
    ein \steifer Empfang/eine \steife Begrüßung a [rather] formal [or pej fam starchy] reception/greeting
    4. (erigiert) erect
    ein \steifer Penis an erect [or a hard] [or a stiff] penis, an erection
    ▪ \steif sein/werden to be/become erect
    5. (fam: alkoholische Getränke) stiff
    ein \steifer Grog a tot [or shot] of strong grog, a stiff tot of grog
    6. NAUT
    ein \steifes Boot a stiff boat
    eine \steife Brise/See a stiff breeze/heavy sea
    7.
    ▶ \steif und fest obstinately, stubbornly, categorically
    sich dat \steif und fest einbilden, dass... to have got it into one's head that...
    * * *
    1.
    1) stiff; (ugs.): (erigiert) erect < penis>
    2) (förmlich) stiff, formal <person, greeting, style>; formal < reception>
    3) (Seemannsspr.): (stark) stiff <wind, breeze>
    4) (ugs.): (stark) strong < coffee>; stiff, strong < alcoholic drink>
    2.
    2) (Seemannsspr.): (stark)

    der Wind steht od. weht steif aus Südost — there's a stiff wind blowing from the south-east

    3)

    steif und fest behaupten/glauben, dass... — (ugs.) swear blind/be completely convinced that...

    * * *
    A. adj
    1. stiff (auch Körperteil, Eischnee etc); besonders PHYS (starr) rigid; (fest) auch firm; Penis: hard;
    steifer Hals stiff neck;
    er hat ein steifes Bein auch he can’t bend his knee;
    steif vor Kälte stiff with cold;
    steifer Hut homburg (hat);
    steif wie ein Brett (as) stiff as a board;
    steif wie ein Stock (as) stiff as a poker;
    steif werden go stiff; Person: get stiff; Penis: get hard; Muskeln und fig: stiffen;
    ich bin (vom vielen Sitzen) ganz steif geworden I’m really stiff (from all this sitting around);
    steif schlagen beat until stiff;
    einen Steifen haben vulg have a hard-on
    2. fig stiff; Bewegung: auch wooden (auch Lächeln, Interpretation); (förmlich) auch formal;
    steifer Gang stiff gait;
    steife Haltung stiff ( oder rigid) posture;
    Deutsche gelten oft als steif Germans are often thought to be stiff and formal
    steife Brise stiff breeze;
    steifer Grog strong hot grog
    B. adv
    1. stiffly;
    steif gefroren auch fig frozen stiff
    2. fig stiffly; (förmlich) auch formally;
    sich steif bewegen auch have (very) stiff movements;
    dort geht es mir zu steif zu it’s too stiff and formal there for my liking
    3.
    steif und fest behaupten, dass … insist that, swear that …;
    steif und fest glauben, dass … firmly believe that …
    * * *
    1.
    1) stiff; (ugs.): (erigiert) erect < penis>
    2) (förmlich) stiff, formal <person, greeting, style>; formal < reception>
    3) (Seemannsspr.): (stark) stiff <wind, breeze>
    4) (ugs.): (stark) strong < coffee>; stiff, strong < alcoholic drink>
    2.
    2) (Seemannsspr.): (stark)

    der Wind steht od. weht steif aus Südost — there's a stiff wind blowing from the south-east

    3)

    steif und fest behaupten/glauben, dass... — (ugs.) swear blind/be completely convinced that...

    * * *
    (Benehmen) adj.
    starched adj. adj.
    angular adj.
    starchy adj.
    stiff adj.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > steif

  • 5 vent

    vent [vɑ̃]
    masculine noun
       a. wind
    • vent du nord/d'ouest North/West wind
    • il y a or il fait du vent it's windy
       b. ( = tendance) un vent de panique a wave of panic
       c. ( = gaz intestinal) lâcher un vent to break wind
    • vent debout or contraire headwind
    • quel bon vent vous amène ? what brings you here?
    * * *
    vɑ̃
    nom propre masculin
    * * *
    vɑ̃ nm
    1) (= souffle, brise) wind
    * * *
    vent nm
    1 Météo wind; vent d'est/du nord east/north wind; vent du large seaward wind; grand vent strong wind; vent de côté crosswind; il fait or il y a du vent it's windy, there's a wind blowing; le vent tourne lit, fig the wind is turning; voir de quel côté souffle le vent lit, fig to see which way the wind is blowing; coup or rafale de vent gust of wind; emporté par le vent blown away by the wind; flotter or claquer au vent to flap in the wind; nez au vent nose in the air; cheveux au vent hair flying in the wind; exposé/ouvert à tous les vents exposed/open to all weathers; en plein vent lit exposed to the wind; ( dehors) in the open; passer en coup de vent fig to rush through; elle était coiffée en coup de vent her hair was tousled; faire du vent ( avec éventail) to create a breeze; hum ( en s'activant) to flap around; ⇒ semer, décorner, quatre;
    2 Naut vent favorable, bon vent favourableGB wind, fair wind; vent mauvais unfavourableGB wind; vent arrière following wind; vent debout or contraire headwind; naviguer (par) vent arrière or sous le vent to sail before the wind; naviguer (par) vent debout or contre le vent to sail into the wind; avoir le vent en poupe lit to sail ou run before the wind; fig to have the wind in one's sails; vent frais strong breeze; coup de vent fresh gale; fort coup de vent strong gale; côté sous le vent leeward side; côté du vent winward side;
    3 Chasse prendre le vent [chien] to pick up the scent; [personne] to get the feel of things;
    4 ( impulsion) un vent de liberté/révolte a wind of freedom/revolt; un vent de folie soufflait dans le pays a wave of madness swept through the country; le vent du changement the wind of change;
    5 euph ( flatulence) wind ¢; lâcher un vent to break wind; avoir des vents to have wind.
    vent alizé trade wind; vent coulis draught GB ou draft US; vent de sable desert wind; vent solaire solar wind.
    filer or aller ou courir comme le vent to be as swift as the wind; c'est du vent! fig it's just hot air!; du vent○! ( partez) get lost○!; bon vent○! good riddance!; quel bon vent vous amène? to what do I ou we owe the pleasure (of your visit)?; être dans le vent to be trendy; avoir vent de qch to get wind of sth; contre vents et marées [faire] come hell or high water; [avoir fait] against all odds.
    [vɑ̃] nom masculin
    un vent du nord/nord-est a North/North-East wind
    le vent souffle/tourne the wind is blowing/changing
    le vent tombe/se lève the wind is dropping/rising
    il y a ou il fait du vent it's windy ou breezy
    vent de terre/mer land/sea breeze
    il fait un vent à décorner les bœufs there is a fierce wind blowing, it's a blustery day
    2. NAUTIQUE & AÉRONAUTIQUE
    avoir le vent en poupe to be up-and-coming, to be going places
    du vent! (familier) clear off!, get lost!
    aller ou filer comme le vent to fly ou to hurtle along
    3. [courant d'air]
    a. [de l'air] some air, a breeze
    b. [des paroles vaines] hot air
    c. [des actes vains] empty posturing
    4. MÉDECINE & PHYSIOLOGIE
    elle a eu vent de l'affaire she heard about ou she got wind of the story
    6. [atmosphère]
    prendre le vent to test the water, to gauge the situation
    sentir ou voir d'où vient le vent to see which way the wind blows ou how the land lies
    sentir le vent tourner to feel the wind change, to realize that the tide is turning
    ————————
    vents nom masculin pluriel
    dans le vent locution adjectivale
    ————————
    en plein vent locution adjectivale
    ————————
    en plein vent locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > vent

  • 6 e

    abbr (= est) E (= east)
    * * *
    e s.f. o m. ( quinta lettera dell'alfabeto) e (pl. es, e's) // (tel.) e come Empoli, E for Edward (o amer. e for Easy) // (geogr.) E, East.
    e, ed cong.
    1 ( con valore coordinativo) and: mio padre e mia madre, my father and mother; tu ed io, you and I; il bene e il male, good and evil; il sole, la luna e le stelle, the sun, the moon and the stars; è una ragazza simpatica e cordiale, she's a pleasant and friendly girl (o she's a pleasant, friendly girl); una maglietta bianca e blu, a blue and white top; salutò e uscì, he said goodbye and left; la stanza era calda e accogliente, the room was warm and welcoming // e i bambini?, what about the children? // e... e..., (sia... sia...) both... and...: hanno arrestato e il costruttore e l'ingegnere responsabile dei lavori, both the builder and the engineer in charge of works were arrested; e i cinesi e i giapponesi..., both the Chinese and the Japanese...; sono problemi che coinvolgono e il pubblico e il privato, they are problems that involve both private and public life // Con valore rafforzativo o pleonastico: tutti e due, both; tutti e tre, all three; il lavoro è bell'e fatto, the job's well and truly done; se n'è bell'e andato, (fam.) he upped and went
    2 ( con valore avversativo) but: ha detto che avrebbe telefonato, e non l'ha fatto, he said he'd phone, but he didn't; il concerto si doveva tenere oggi, ed è stato rimandato, the concert was to be held today, but it has been postponed
    3 (con valore esortativo; in inglese spesso non si traduce): e falla finita una buona volta!, stop it, once and for all!; e sbrigati!, come on, then!
    4 ( nelle addizioni) and: sei e due (fa) otto, six and two make (s) eight.
    * * *
    = e
    * * *
    e
    /e/
    Come e in italiano, anche and in inglese funziona essenzialmente da connettivo con valore coordinativo; la connessione stabilita da e / and può essere all'interno della frase ( Bill e Mark sono amici = Bill and Mark are friends) oppure tra frasi ( Bill è in ritardo e Mark lo sta aspettando da mezz'ora = Bill is late and Mark has been waiting for him for half an hour). - Si noti che, quando e unisce due aggettivi che si riferiscono a un unico sostantivo, tale congiunzione non si traduce in inglese: un uomo alto e robusto = a tall strong man. ⇒ 13, 20, 21, 22, 26
    (also ed before a vowel sound)
     1 (con valore coordinativo) and; mio padre e mia madre my father and my mother; una gonna rossa e bianca a red and white skirt; alto e forte tall and strong; un uomo alto e robusto a tall strong man; tutti e due both; è caduto e si è rotto la gamba he fell and broke his leg; e io risposi... so I replied...; e se andassimo al cinema? how o what about going to the cinema? e io allora? what about me, then? io non lo conosco, e tu? I don't know him, do you? e allora? so what?
     2 (nelle ore, unità di misura) le due e mezza half past two BE, two thirty; sei chili e mezzo six and a half kilos; un metro e sessanta one metre sixty
     4 (con valore enfatico) e muoviti! get moving, then! e smettetela! do stop it!

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > e

  • 7 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 8 Empire, Portuguese overseas

    (1415-1975)
       Portugal was the first Western European state to establish an early modern overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean and perhaps the last colonial power to decolonize. A vast subject of complexity that is full of myth as well as debatable theories, the history of the Portuguese overseas empire involves the story of more than one empire, the question of imperial motives, the nature of Portuguese rule, and the results and consequences of empire, including the impact on subject peoples as well as on the mother country and its society, Here, only the briefest account of a few such issues can be attempted.
       There were various empires or phases of empire after the capture of the Moroccan city of Ceuta in 1415. There were at least three Portuguese empires in history: the First empire (1415-1580), the Second empire (1580-1640 and 1640-1822), and the Third empire (1822-1975).
       With regard to the second empire, the so-called Phillipine period (1580-1640), when Portugal's empire was under Spanish domination, could almost be counted as a separate era. During that period, Portugal lost important parts of its Asian holdings to England and also sections of its colonies of Brazil, Angola, and West Africa to Holland's conquests. These various empires could be characterized by the geography of where Lisbon invested its greatest efforts and resources to develop territories and ward off enemies.
       The first empire (1415-1580) had two phases. First came the African coastal phase (1415-97), when the Portuguese sought a foothold in various Moroccan cities but then explored the African coast from Morocco to past the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa. While colonization and sugar farming were pursued in the Atlantic islands, as well as in the islands in the Gulf of Guinea like São Tomé and Príncipe, for the most part the Portuguese strategy was to avoid commitments to defending or peopling lands on the African continent. Rather, Lisbon sought a seaborne trade empire, in which the Portuguese could profit from exploiting trade and resources (such as gold) along the coasts and continue exploring southward to seek a sea route to Portuguese India. The second phase of the first empire (1498-1580) began with the discovery of the sea route to Asia, thanks to Vasco da Gama's first voyage in 1497-99, and the capture of strong points, ports, and trading posts in order to enforce a trade monopoly between Asia and Europe. This Asian phase produced the greatest revenues of empire Portugal had garnered, yet ended when Spain conquered Portugal and commanded her empire as of 1580.
       Portugal's second overseas empire began with Spanish domination and ran to 1822, when Brazil won her independence from Portugal. This phase was characterized largely by Brazilian dominance of imperial commitment, wealth in minerals and other raw materials from Brazil, and the loss of a significant portion of her African and Asian coastal empire to Holland and Great Britain. A sketch of Portugal's imperial losses either to native rebellions or to imperial rivals like Britain and Holland follows:
       • Morocco (North Africa) (sample only)
       Arzila—Taken in 1471; evacuated in 1550s; lost to Spain in 1580, which returned city to a sultan.
       Ceuta—Taken in 1415; lost to Spain in 1640 (loss confirmed in 1668 treaty with Spain).
       • Tangiers—Taken in 15th century; handed over to England in 1661 as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry to King Charles II.
       • West Africa
       • Fort/Castle of São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (in what is now Ghana)—Taken in 1480s; lost to Holland in 1630s.
       • Middle East
       Socotra-isle—Conquered in 1507; fort abandoned in 1511; used as water resupply stop for India fleet.
       Muscat—Conquered in 1501; lost to Persians in 1650.
       Ormuz—Taken, 1505-15 under Albuquerque; lost to England, which gave it to Persia in the 17th century.
       Aden (entry to Red Sea) — Unsuccessfully attacked by Portugal (1513-30); taken by Turks in 1538.
       • India
       • Ceylon (Sri Lanka)—Taken by 1516; lost to Dutch after 1600.
       • Bombay—Taken in 16th century; given to England in 1661 treaty as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry for Charles II.
       • East Indies
       • Moluccas—Taken by 1520; possession confirmed in 1529 Saragossa treaty with Spain; lost to Dutch after 1600; only East Timor remaining.
       After the restoration of Portuguese independence from Spain in 1640, Portugal proceeded to revive and strengthen the Anglo- Portuguese Alliance, with international aid to fight off further Spanish threats to Portugal and drive the Dutch invaders out of Brazil and Angola. While Portugal lost its foothold in West Africa at Mina to the Dutch, dominion in Angola was consolidated. The most vital part of the imperial economy was a triangular trade: slaves from West Africa and from the coasts of Congo and Angola were shipped to plantations in Brazil; raw materials (sugar, tobacco, gold, diamonds, dyes) were sent to Lisbon; Lisbon shipped Brazil colonists and hardware. Part of Portugal's War of Restoration against Spain (1640-68) and its reclaiming of Brazil and Angola from Dutch intrusions was financed by the New Christians (Jews converted to Christianity after the 1496 Manueline order of expulsion of Jews) who lived in Portugal, Holland and other low countries, France, and Brazil. If the first empire was mainly an African coastal and Asian empire, the second empire was primarily a Brazilian empire.
       Portugal's third overseas empire began upon the traumatic independence of Brazil, the keystone of the Lusitanian enterprise, in 1822. The loss of Brazil greatly weakened Portugal both as a European power and as an imperial state, for the scattered remainder of largely coastal, poor, and uncolonized territories that stretched from the bulge of West Africa to East Timor in the East Indies and Macau in south China were more of a financial liability than an asset. Only two small territories balanced their budgets occasionally or made profits: the cocoa islands of São Tomé and Príncipe in the Gulf of Guinea and tiny Macau, which lost much of its advantage as an entrepot between the West and the East when the British annexed neighboring Hong Kong in 1842. The others were largely burdens on the treasury. The African colonies were strapped by a chronic economic problem: at a time when the slave trade and then slavery were being abolished under pressures from Britain and other Western powers, the economies of Guinea- Bissau, São Tomé/Príncipe, Angola, and Mozambique were totally dependent on revenues from the slave trade and slavery. During the course of the 19th century, Lisbon began a program to reform colonial administration in a newly rejuvenated African empire, where most of the imperial efforts were expended, by means of replacing the slave trade and slavery, with legitimate economic activities.
       Portugal participated in its own early version of the "Scramble" for Africa's interior during 1850-69, but discovered that the costs of imperial expansion were too high to allow effective occupation of the hinterlands. After 1875, Portugal participated in the international "Scramble for Africa" and consolidated its holdings in west and southern Africa, despite the failure of the contra-costa (to the opposite coast) plan, which sought to link up the interiors of Angola and Mozambique with a corridor in central Africa. Portugal's expansion into what is now Malawi, Zambia, and Zimbabwe (eastern section) in 1885-90 was thwarted by its oldest ally, Britain, under pressure from interest groups in South Africa, Scotland, and England. All things considered, Portugal's colonizing resources and energies were overwhelmed by the African empire it possessed after the frontier-marking treaties of 1891-1906. Lisbon could barely administer the massive area of five African colonies, whose total area comprised about 8 percent of the area of the colossal continent. The African territories alone were many times the size of tiny Portugal and, as of 1914, Portugal was the third colonial power in terms of size of area possessed in the world.
       The politics of Portugal's empire were deceptive. Lisbon remained obsessed with the fear that rival colonial powers, especially Germany and Britain, would undermine and then dismantle her African empire. This fear endured well into World War II. In developing and keeping her potentially rich African territories (especially mineral-rich Angola and strategically located Mozambique), however, the race against time was with herself and her subject peoples. Two major problems, both chronic, prevented Portugal from effective colonization (i.e., settling) and development of her African empire: the economic weakness and underdevelopment of the mother country and the fact that the bulk of Portuguese emigration after 1822 went to Brazil, Venezuela, the United States, and France, not to the colonies. These factors made it difficult to consolidate imperial control until it was too late; that is, until local African nationalist movements had organized and taken the field in insurgency wars that began in three of the colonies during the years 1961-64.
       Portugal's belated effort to revitalize control and to develop, in the truest sense of the word, Angola and Mozambique after 1961 had to be set against contemporary events in Europe, Africa, and Asia. While Portugal held on to a backward empire, other European countries like Britain, France, and Belgium were rapidly decolonizing their empires. Portugal's failure or unwillingness to divert the large streams of emigrants to her empire after 1850 remained a constant factor in this question. Prophetic were the words of the 19th-century economist Joaquim Oliveira Martins, who wrote in 1880 that Brazil was a better colony for Portugal than Africa and that the best colony of all would have been Portugal itself. As of the day of the Revolution of 25 April 1974, which sparked the final process of decolonization of the remainder of Portugal's third overseas empire, the results of the colonization program could be seen to be modest compared to the numbers of Portuguese emigrants outside the empire. Moreover, within a year, of some 600,000 Portuguese residing permanently in Angola and Mozambique, all but a few thousand had fled to South Africa or returned to Portugal.
       In 1974 and 1975, most of the Portuguese empire was decolonized or, in the case of East Timor, invaded and annexed by a foreign power before it could consolidate its independence. Only historic Macau, scheduled for transfer to the People's Republic of China in 1999, remained nominally under Portuguese control as a kind of footnote to imperial history. If Portugal now lacked a conventional overseas empire and was occupied with the challenges of integration in the European Union (EU), Lisbon retained another sort of informal dependency that was a new kind of empire: the empire of her scattered overseas Portuguese communities from North America to South America. Their numbers were at least six times greater than that of the last settlers of the third empire.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Empire, Portuguese overseas

  • 9 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 10 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 11 Drang

    Imperf. dringen
    * * *
    der Drang
    press; urge; pressure
    * * *
    Drạng [draŋ]
    m -(e)s, ordm;e
    ['drɛŋə]
    1) (= Antrieb) urge (AUCH PHYSIOL), impulse; (= Sehnsucht) yearning (nach for); (nach Wissen) thirst (nach for)

    ich habe einen Drang (inf: zur Toilette) — I'm dying to go (inf)

    See:
    → Sturm
    2)

    der Drang zum Tor (Sport) — the surge (Brit) or drive (US) toward(s) the goal

    3) (geh = Druck) pressure
    * * *
    (a strong impulse or desire: I felt an urge to hit him.) urge
    * * *
    <-[e]s, Dränge>
    [ˈdraŋ, pl ˈdrɛŋə]
    m
    1. (innerer Antrieb) longing, desire
    ▪ jds \Drang, etw zu tun sb's urge [or itch] [or longing] to do sth
    ein \Drang nach Bewegung an urge to do some [physical] exercise
    \Drang nach Wissen thirst for knowledge
    \Drang nach Freiheit longing [or liter yearning] for freedom
    ein starker \Drang a strong desire [or urge], a great longing
    einen \Drang haben[, etw zu tun] to feel an urge [to do sth], to have a desire [to do sth]
    2. (Harndrang) urgent need [or urge] to go to the toilet
    einem \Drang nachgeben to answer a call of nature
    3. (geh: Druck)
    ▪ der \Drang einer S. gen the pressure of sth
    der \Drang der Umstände the force of circumstances
    * * *
    der; Drang[e]s, Dränge urge

    ein Drang nach Bewegung/Freiheit — an urge to move/be free

    * * *
    Drang m; -(e)s, Dränge, meist sg
    1. (Trieb) urge; (Wunsch) wish, desire; (Bedürfnis) need (
    nach, zu for;
    zu +inf to +inf);
    Drang nach Freiheit urge for freedom;
    Drang zum Lügen urge ( oder compulsion) to tell lies;
    einen Drang zum Lügen haben auch be a compulsive liar;
    einen Drang nach Höherem haben aspire to higher things;
    einen (heftigen) Drang verspüren, etwas zu tun have ( oder feel) an urge to do sth;
    dem Drang widerstehen, etwas zu tun resist the urge to do sth;
    ich habe einen Drang umg I’m really dying to go (to the loo, US bathroom)
    2. (Druck, Bedrängnis) pressure;
    im Drang der Ereignisse under the pressure of events
    * * *
    der; Drang[e]s, Dränge urge

    ein Drang nach Bewegung/Freiheit — an urge to move/be free

    * * *
    ¨-e m.
    desire n.
    drive n.
    instinct n.
    penchant n.
    tendency n.
    urge n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Drang

  • 12 drang

    Imperf. dringen
    * * *
    der Drang
    press; urge; pressure
    * * *
    Drạng [draŋ]
    m -(e)s, ordm;e
    ['drɛŋə]
    1) (= Antrieb) urge (AUCH PHYSIOL), impulse; (= Sehnsucht) yearning (nach for); (nach Wissen) thirst (nach for)

    ich habe einen Drang (inf: zur Toilette) — I'm dying to go (inf)

    See:
    → Sturm
    2)

    der Drang zum Tor (Sport) — the surge (Brit) or drive (US) toward(s) the goal

    3) (geh = Druck) pressure
    * * *
    (a strong impulse or desire: I felt an urge to hit him.) urge
    * * *
    <-[e]s, Dränge>
    [ˈdraŋ, pl ˈdrɛŋə]
    m
    1. (innerer Antrieb) longing, desire
    ▪ jds \Drang, etw zu tun sb's urge [or itch] [or longing] to do sth
    ein \Drang nach Bewegung an urge to do some [physical] exercise
    \Drang nach Wissen thirst for knowledge
    \Drang nach Freiheit longing [or liter yearning] for freedom
    ein starker \Drang a strong desire [or urge], a great longing
    einen \Drang haben[, etw zu tun] to feel an urge [to do sth], to have a desire [to do sth]
    2. (Harndrang) urgent need [or urge] to go to the toilet
    einem \Drang nachgeben to answer a call of nature
    3. (geh: Druck)
    ▪ der \Drang einer S. gen the pressure of sth
    der \Drang der Umstände the force of circumstances
    * * *
    der; Drang[e]s, Dränge urge

    ein Drang nach Bewegung/Freiheit — an urge to move/be free

    * * *
    drang imperf → dringen
    * * *
    der; Drang[e]s, Dränge urge

    ein Drang nach Bewegung/Freiheit — an urge to move/be free

    * * *
    ¨-e m.
    desire n.
    drive n.
    instinct n.
    penchant n.
    tendency n.
    urge n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > drang

  • 13 oeste

    adj.
    west, western.
    viento oeste west wind
    tiempo nuboso en la mitad oeste de la región overcast in the western half of the region
    partieron con rumbo oeste they set off westward(s)
    m.
    west.
    viento del oeste west wind
    ir hacia el oeste to go west(wards)
    está al oeste de Madrid it's (to the) west of Madrid
    el lejano oeste the Wild West
    * * *
    1 west
    1 (ala, viento) west; (rumbo) westerly
    \
    el lejano Oeste the Far West
    el Oeste americano the American West
    viento oeste west wind, westerly
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. adj.
    west, western
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ [región] western; [dirección] westerly; [viento] west, westerly

    la zona oeste de la ciudad — the western part of the city, the west of the city

    2. SM
    1) (=punto cardinal) west
    2) [de región, país] west
    3) (=viento) west wind
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> western

    la costa/el ala oeste — the west coast/wing

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) west, West

    una película/novela del Oeste — a Western

    * * *
    = west.
    Ex. I am frequently taken to task as someone who would try to destroy the integrity of certain catalogs on the west Coast.
    ----
    * al extremo oeste = westernmost.
    * al oeste de = west of.
    * del oeste = westerly.
    * derecho hacia el oeste = due west.
    * directamente hacia el oeste = due west.
    * dirigirse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).
    * encaminarse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * exactamente al oeste = due west.
    * habitante del oeste = Westerner.
    * hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.
    * Lejano Oeste, el = Wild West, the.
    * Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.
    * música del oeste = western dance.
    * noroeste = northwest [north west].
    * novela del oeste = western, western story.
    * película del oeste = Western film.
    * viento del oeste = westerly wind, westerly.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> western

    la costa/el ala oeste — the west coast/wing

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) west, West

    una película/novela del Oeste — a Western

    * * *
    = west.

    Ex: I am frequently taken to task as someone who would try to destroy the integrity of certain catalogs on the west Coast.

    * al extremo oeste = westernmost.
    * al oeste de = west of.
    * del oeste = westerly.
    * derecho hacia el oeste = due west.
    * directamente hacia el oeste = due west.
    * dirigirse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).
    * encaminarse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * exactamente al oeste = due west.
    * habitante del oeste = Westerner.
    * hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.
    * Lejano Oeste, el = Wild West, the.
    * Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.
    * música del oeste = western dance.
    * noroeste = northwest [north west].
    * novela del oeste = western, western story.
    * película del oeste = Western film.
    * viento del oeste = westerly wind, westerly.

    * * *
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› western
    en la parte oeste del país in the western part of the country
    conducían en dirección oeste they were driving west o westward(s), they were driving in a westerly direction
    la costa oeste the west coast
    el ala oeste the west wing
    la cara oeste de la montaña the west o western face of the mountain
    1
    (parte, sector): el oeste the west
    en el oeste de la provincia in the west of the province
    está al oeste de Oaxaca it lies o it is (to the) west of Oaxaca
    viven al oeste de Camagüey they live west of Camagüey
    2 (punto cardinal) west, West
    el Sol se pone por el Oeste the sun sets in the west
    vientos fuertes del Oeste strong westerly winds, strong winds from the west
    la avenida va de Este a Oeste the avenue runs east-west
    caminaron hacia el Oeste they walked west o westward(s)
    vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al oeste moderate winds from the south becoming o veering westerly
    el balcón da al oeste the balcony faces west
    está más al oeste it's further west
    3
    una película/novela del Oeste a Western
    4
    el Oeste ( Pol) the West
    5
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    O.    
    oeste
    O. (
    ◊ oeste) W, West

    oeste adjetivo invariable ‹ región› western;
    conducían en dirección oeste they were driving west o westward(s);
    la costa oeste the west coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (parte, sector):


    en el oeste de la provincia in the west of the province;
    al oeste de Oaxaca to the west of Oaxaca


    caminaron hacia el Ooeste they walked west o westward(s)
    2

    una película del Ooeste a Western
    oeste sustantivo masculino west
    ' oeste' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    entusiasmar
    - lejana
    - lejano
    - O
    - poniente
    - O.
    - película
    English:
    curve
    - far
    - W
    - west
    - western
    - westward
    - westwards
    - Wild West
    - due
    - head
    - saloon
    - westbound
    - westerly
    - wild
    * * *
    ♦ adj inv
    [posición, parte] west, western; [dirección, viento] west, westerly;
    la cara oeste del pico the west face of the mountain;
    la costa oeste the west coast;
    tiempo nuboso en la mitad oeste de la región overcast in the western half of the region;
    partieron con rumbo oeste they set off westward(s);
    ♦ nm
    1. [zona] west;
    está al oeste de Madrid it's (to the) west of Madrid;
    la fachada da al oeste the facade faces west;
    viento del oeste west wind;
    habrá lluvias en el oeste (del país) there will be rain in the west (of the country);
    ir hacia el oeste to go west(wards)
    2. [punto cardinal] West;
    el sol se pone por el Oeste the sun sets in the West
    3. [viento] westerly
    4. [de Estados Unidos] West;
    el lejano Oeste the Wild West;
    * * *
    m west;
    al oeste de west of
    * * *
    oeste adj
    1) : west, western
    la región oeste: the western region
    2) : westerly
    oeste nm
    1) : west, West
    2) : west wind
    * * *
    oeste n west

    Spanish-English dictionary > oeste

  • 14 penetrar

    v.
    1 to pierce, to penetrate (introducirse en) (sujeto: arma, sonido).
    Los policías penetraron The policemen penetrated.
    Ella penetró el misterio She penetrated=understood the mystery.
    El ácido penetra la piel Acid penetrates the skin.
    La bala penetra la pared The bullet pierces the wall.
    2 to get to the bottom of (secreto, misterio).
    3 to penetrate (sexualmente).
    4 to go deep into, to penetrate.
    El misil penetró la tierra The missile went deep into the ground.
    * * *
    1 (introducirse - en un territorio) to penetrate (en, -); (- en una casa, propiedad) to enter
    2 (atravesar) to penetrate, seep through
    3 figurado (entender) to comprehend (en, -); (analizar) to look (en, into)
    1 (atravesar) to penetrate; (ruido) to pierce
    2 (descifrar - misterio) to get to the bottom of; (- secreto) to fathom (out)
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=entrar)

    penetraron a través de o por una claraboya — they entered through a skylight

    el agua había penetrado a través de o por las paredes — the water had seeped into the walls

    penetrar en: penetramos en un túnel — we went into o entered a tunnel

    el cuchillo penetró en la carne — the knife went into o entered o penetrated the flesh

    2) frm (=descifrar) to penetrate
    2. VT
    1) (=atravesar) to go right through
    2) [sexualmente] to penetrate
    3) frm (=descubrir) [+ misterio] to fathom; [+ secreto] to unlock; [+ sentido] to grasp; [+ intención] to see through, grasp
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( entrar)

    penetrar por algo — agua/humedad to seep through something

    b) ( en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    2.
    a) <defensa/membrana> to penetrate
    b) (liter) <misterio/secreto> to fathom, penetrate (liter)
    c) (Com) < mercado> to penetrate
    d) ( en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    * * *
    = cut through, go into, penetrate, go in, permeate, break through, tread into, seep into, seep through, seep, pervade, see through, insinuate + Reflexivo + (into), insinuate + Posesivo + way through, insinuate into, pierce, intromit.
    Ex. Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. But the leaven of the principles, promulgated by the International Federation, has not yet penetrated into more than half the lump of documentary material.
    Ex. But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex. This concept permeates all bibliothecal activities from start to finish, especially indexing and abstracting.
    Ex. Is there a glass ceiling for librarians? If so, what's the best way to break through it?.
    Ex. This seems to suggest that Schopenhauer may have trodden much further into the mystics' domain than he is willing to admit.
    Ex. Rampant commercialism is seeping into every crevice of American culture.
    Ex. The consequences were beginning to seep through to respondents at the time of the visits made to them and were creating a great deal of concern.
    Ex. The outer edges of the sheet -- the deckle edges -- are rough and uneven where the stuff seeped between the deckle and the mould.
    Ex. I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.
    Ex. Books can seldom be disbound for the benefit of bibliographers (although it is worth remembering that they sometimes have to be rebound, when they are completely dismembered), but we can now see through printing ink by means of betaradiography.
    Ex. But self-concern can insinuate itself into every corner of the emotional life.
    Ex. As they insinuated their way through the stack area, the secretary responded that all she knew was that the director had just returned from a meeting.
    Ex. While endorsing the thought that language is insinuated into brains, I also identify what I believe is the theory's Achilles heel.
    Ex. She waited like Saint Sebastian for the arrows to begin piercing her.
    Ex. During copulation, hamster females maintain lordosis for hundreds of seconds, while the male mounts and intromits repeatedly.
    ----
    * osar penetrar = venture into.
    * palabras + penetrar = words + sink.
    * penetrar de un modo inclinado = slant into.
    * penetrar una barrera = break through + barrier.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( entrar)

    penetrar por algo — agua/humedad to seep through something

    b) ( en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    2.
    a) <defensa/membrana> to penetrate
    b) (liter) <misterio/secreto> to fathom, penetrate (liter)
    c) (Com) < mercado> to penetrate
    d) ( en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    * * *
    = cut through, go into, penetrate, go in, permeate, break through, tread into, seep into, seep through, seep, pervade, see through, insinuate + Reflexivo + (into), insinuate + Posesivo + way through, insinuate into, pierce, intromit.

    Ex: Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex: But the leaven of the principles, promulgated by the International Federation, has not yet penetrated into more than half the lump of documentary material.
    Ex: But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex: This concept permeates all bibliothecal activities from start to finish, especially indexing and abstracting.
    Ex: Is there a glass ceiling for librarians? If so, what's the best way to break through it?.
    Ex: This seems to suggest that Schopenhauer may have trodden much further into the mystics' domain than he is willing to admit.
    Ex: Rampant commercialism is seeping into every crevice of American culture.
    Ex: The consequences were beginning to seep through to respondents at the time of the visits made to them and were creating a great deal of concern.
    Ex: The outer edges of the sheet -- the deckle edges -- are rough and uneven where the stuff seeped between the deckle and the mould.
    Ex: I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.
    Ex: Books can seldom be disbound for the benefit of bibliographers (although it is worth remembering that they sometimes have to be rebound, when they are completely dismembered), but we can now see through printing ink by means of betaradiography.
    Ex: But self-concern can insinuate itself into every corner of the emotional life.
    Ex: As they insinuated their way through the stack area, the secretary responded that all she knew was that the director had just returned from a meeting.
    Ex: While endorsing the thought that language is insinuated into brains, I also identify what I believe is the theory's Achilles heel.
    Ex: She waited like Saint Sebastian for the arrows to begin piercing her.
    Ex: During copulation, hamster females maintain lordosis for hundreds of seconds, while the male mounts and intromits repeatedly.
    * osar penetrar = venture into.
    * palabras + penetrar = words + sink.
    * penetrar de un modo inclinado = slant into.
    * penetrar una barrera = break through + barrier.

    * * *
    penetrar [A1 ]
    vi
    1
    (en un lugar): la puerta por donde penetró el ladrón the door through which the thief entered
    el agua penetraba por entre las tejas water was seeping in o coming in between the tiles
    una luz tenue penetraba a través de los visillos a pale light filtered in through the lace curtains
    un intenso olor penetraba por todos los rincones de la casa a pungent smell pervaded every corner of the house
    penetrar EN algo:
    la bala penetró en el pulmón izquierdo the bullet pierced his left lung
    tropas enemigas han penetrado en nuestras fronteras enemy troops have pushed over o crossed o penetrated our borders
    hace un frío que penetra en los huesos the cold gets right into your bones
    la humedad había penetrado en las paredes the damp had seeped into the walls
    esta crema penetra rápidamente en la piel this cream is quickly absorbed by the skin
    2 (descubrir, descifrar) penetrar EN algo:
    intenta penetrar en la intimidad del personaje he attempts to delve into the personality of the character
    es difícil penetrar en su mente it is difficult to fathom his thoughts o ( colloq) to get inside his head
    4 (en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    ■ penetrar
    vt
    1 (atravesar) to penetrate
    un ruido que penetra los oídos a piercing o ear-splitting noise
    es difícil penetrar la corteza it is difficult to penetrate o get through the outer layer
    2 ‹misterio/secreto› to fathom
    3 ( Com) ‹mercado› to penetrate
    4 (en el acto sexual) to penetrate
    * * *

     

    penetrar ( conjugate penetrar) verbo intransitivo ( entrar) penetrar por algo [agua/humedad] to seep through sth;
    [ luz] to shine through sth;
    [ ladrón] to enter through sth;
    penetrar EN algo to penetrate sth
    verbo transitivo
    to penetrate;
    ◊ la bala le penetró el pulmón the bullet penetrated o entered his lung

    penetrar
    I verbo transitivo to penetrate: el aceite penetró el tejido y no pude sacar la mancha, the oil went straight through the material and I couldn't get it out
    era incapaz de penetrar el sentido de sus palabras, it was impossible to get to the bottom of his meaning
    un intenso olor penetraba el lugar, a strong smell seeped through the place
    II vi (en un recinto) to go o get [en, in]: un frente frío penetrará por el noroeste, a cold front will sweep over from the north-east
    el veneno penetró en la piel, the poison was soaked in through the skin

    ' penetrar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    calar
    - internarse
    English:
    come through
    - penetrate
    - pierce
    - sink in
    - soak in
    - strike through
    - break
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    el agua penetraba por la puerta the water was seeping under the door;
    la luz penetraba por entre las rendijas the light came filtering through the cracks;
    penetrar en o Am [m5]a [internarse en] to enter;
    [filtrarse por] to get into, to penetrate; [perforar] to pierce; [llegar a conocer] to get to the bottom of;
    cinco terroristas penetraron en el palacio five terrorists got into the palace;
    no consiguen penetrar en el mercado europeo they have been unable to penetrate the European market
    ♦ vt
    1. [introducirse en] [sujeto: arma, sonido] to pierce, to penetrate;
    [sujeto: humedad, líquido] to permeate; [sujeto: emoción, sentimiento] to pierce;
    la bala le penetró el corazón the bullet pierced her heart;
    el frío les penetraba hasta los huesos they were chilled to the bone;
    el grito le penetró los oídos the scream pierced her eardrums;
    han penetrado el mercado latinoamericano they have made inroads into o penetrated the Latin American market
    2. [secreto, misterio] to get to the bottom of
    3. [sexualmente] to penetrate
    * * *
    I v/t penetrate
    II v/i
    1 ( atravesar) penetrate
    2 ( entrar) enter
    3 de un líquido seep in
    * * *
    1) : to penetrate, to sink in
    2)
    penetrar en : to pierce, to go in, to enter into
    el frío penetra por la ventana: the cold comes right in through the window
    1) : to penetrate, to permeate
    2) : to pierce
    el dolor penetró su corazón: sorrow pierced her heart
    3) : to fathom, to understand
    * * *
    1. (entrar) to get into
    2. (perforar) to penetrate / to pierce

    Spanish-English dictionary > penetrar

  • 15 seguir

    v.
    1 to follow.
    tú ve delante, que yo te sigo you go ahead, I'll follow o I'll go behind
    seguir algo de cerca to follow o monitor something closely (desarrollo, resultados)
    Ellos siguen la caravana They follow the convoy.
    Eso es lo que sigue That is what follows.
    2 to follow.
    me parece que nos siguen I think we're being followed
    3 to continue, to resume.
    Me sigue el dolor My pain persists.
    4 to continue, to go on.
    ¡sigue, no te pares! go o carry on, don't stop!
    aquí se baja él, yo sigo he's getting out here, I'm going on (al taxista)
    sigo trabajando en la fábrica I'm still working at the factory
    debes seguir haciéndolo you should keep on o carry on doing it
    sigo pensando que está mal I still think it's wrong
    sigue enferma/en el hospital she's still ill/in hospital
    ¿qué tal sigue la familia? how's the family getting on o keeping?
    5 to keep on, to go along, to carry on, to continue.
    María se sigue haciendo daño Mary keeps on hurting herself.
    6 to continue to be, to continue being, to keep, to keep being.
    Las chicas siguen testarudas The girls continue to be stubborn.
    7 to obey, to keep.
    Las chicas siguen las reglas The girls obey the rules.
    8 to imitate, to follow.
    Los fanáticos siguen al cantante The fans imitate the singer.
    9 to come afterwards, to come next, to come after, to come along.
    Algo bueno sigue Something good comes afterwards.
    * * *
    (e changes to i in certain persons of certain tenses; gu changes to g before a and o)
    Present Indicative
    sigo, sigues, sigue, seguimos, seguís, siguen.
    Past Indicative
    seguí, seguiste, siguió, seguimos, seguisteis, siguieron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sigue (tú), siga (él/Vd.), sigamos (nos.), seguid (vos.), sigan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=perseguir) [+ persona, pista] to follow; [+ indicio] to follow up; [+ presa] to chase, pursue

    ella llegó primero, seguida del embajador — she arrived first, followed by the ambassador

    2) (=estar atento a) [+ programa de TV] to watch, follow; [+ programa de radio] to listen to, follow; [+ proceso, progreso] to monitor, follow up; [+ satélite] to track
    3) (=hacer caso de) [+ consejo] to follow, take; [+ instrucciones, doctrina, líder] to follow
    4) [+ rumbo, dirección] to follow

    siga esta calle y al final gire a la derecha — carry on up o follow this street and turn right at the end

    • seguir su curso, el proyecto sigue su curso — the project is still on course, the project continues on (its) course

    5) (=entender) [+ razonamiento] to follow

    ¿me sigues? — are you with me?

    6) (Educ) [+ curso] to take, do
    7) † [+ mujer] to court †
    2. VI
    1) (=continuar) to go on, carry on

    ¿quieres que sigamos? — shall we go on?

    ¡siga! — (=hable) go on!, carry on; LAm (=pase) come in

    ¡síguele! — Méx go on!

    "sigue" — [en carta] P.T.O.; [en libro] continued

    2)

    • seguir adelante — [persona] to go on, carry on; [acontecimiento] to go ahead

    adelante 1)
    3) [en estado, situación] to be still

    ¿cómo sigue? — how is he?

    que siga usted bien — keep well, look after yourself

    • seguimos sin teléfono — we still haven't got a phone

    4)

    • seguir haciendo algo — to go on doing sth, carry on doing sth

    siguió mirándola — he went on o carried on looking at her

    el ordenador seguía funcionando — the computer carried on working, the computer was still working

    5) (=venir a continuación) to follow, follow on

    entre otros ejemplos destacan los que siguen — amongst other examples, the following stand out

    • seguir a algo, las horas que siguieron a la tragedia — the hours following o that followed the tragedy

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/vehículo/presa> to follow

    camina muy rápido, no la puedo seguir — she walks very fast, I can't keep up with her

    el que la sigue la consigue — (fam) if at first you don't succeed, try, try again

    2) <camino/ruta>

    siga esta carretera hasta llegar al puente — go along o follow this road as far as the bridge

    3) ( en el tiempo) to follow

    seguir a algo/alguien — to follow something/somebody

    4)
    a) <instrucciones/consejo/flecha> to follow
    b) ( basarse en) <autor/teoría/método/tradición> to follow
    5)
    a) <trámite/procedimiento> to follow
    b) (Educ) < curso> to take

    estoy siguiendo un curso de fotografía — I'm doing o taking a photography course

    6)
    a) <explicaciones/profesor> to follow

    dicta demasiado rápido, no la puedo seguir — she dictates too quickly, I can't keep up

    ¿me siguen? — are you with me?

    no sigo ese programa — I don't watch that program, I'm not following that program

    2.
    seguir vi
    1)
    a) ( por un camino) to go on

    siga derecho or todo recto hasta el final de la calle — keep o go straight on to the end of the street

    seguir de largo — (AmL) to go straight past

    b)
    c) (Col, Ven) ( entrar)

    siga por favor — come in, please

    2) (en lugar, estado)

    ¿tus padres siguen en Ginebra? — are your parents still in Geneva?

    sigue soltera/tan bonita como siempre — she's still single/as pretty as ever

    si las cosas siguen así... — if things carry on like this...

    si sigue así de trabajador, llegará lejos — if he carries on working as hard as this, he'll go a long way

    3)
    a) tareas/buen tiempo/lluvia to continue; rumores to persist
    b)

    seguir + ger: sigo pensando que deberíamos haber ido I still think we ought to have gone; sigue leyendo tú you read now; seguiré haciéndolo a mi manera — I'll go on o carry on doing it my way, I shall continue to do it my way (frml)

    4)
    a) (venir después, estar contiguo)
    b) historia/poema to continue

    ¿cómo sigue la canción? — how does the song go on?

    3.
    seguirse v pron (en 3a pers)

    de esto se sigue que... — it follows from this that...

    * * *
    = accord with, adhere to, chase, conform to, espouse, fit, follow, keep to, observe, pursue, run along, stay, stick to, proceed, overlay, carry on, go ahead, soldier on, succeed, hew to, overlie, keep up, roll on.
    Ex. So while that tracing may have accorded with a rule, it violated common sense.
    Ex. Since BC adheres closely to the educational and scientific consensus, BC found most favour with libraries in educational establishments.
    Ex. Also, in controlled indexing language data bases, there is often an assumption that a user will be prepared to chase strings of references or to consult a sometimes complex thesaurus.
    Ex. These basic permutation rules are modified somewhat to conform to bibliographic requirements.
    Ex. Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.
    Ex. Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex. An abstract covers all of the main points made in the original document, and usually follows the style and arrangement of the parent document.
    Ex. Obviously, once a choice of citation order has been made it must be kept to, otherwise, chaos will result.
    Ex. It is worth briefly observing a general approach to the creation of a data base.
    Ex. All effective indexes must have some common facets if only because the audience does not alter merely because the indexer chooses to pursue certain indexing practices.
    Ex. Whevener logical processes of thought are employed - that is, whenever thought for a time runs along an accepted groove - there is an opportunity for the machine.
    Ex. What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex. It might be striking to outline the instrumentalities of the future more spectacularly, rather than to stick closely to methods and elements now known.
    Ex. Before we proceed to look at the operators in detail, a couple of examples may help to make the layout clearer.
    Ex. There may be a very flexible communication system that overlays the administrative structure, or there may be a fairly rigid pattern of communication that adheres to the administrative lines of authority.
    Ex. If a child detects that no very strong value is placed on reading then he feels no compulsion to develop his own reading skill beyond the minimal, functional level we all need simply to carry on our daily lives in our print-dominated society.
    Ex. A plan for the construction and implementation phases will be drawn up, if it is decided to go ahead = Si se decide continuar, se elaborará un plan para las fases de construcción y puesta en práctica.
    Ex. Russell soldiered on in 'Principles of Mathematics', he pleaded a distinction between analysis by way of philosophical definitions and analysis by way of mathematical definitions.
    Ex. In 1964 he was promoted to Associate Director of the Processing Department where he succeeded John Cronin as Director four years later.
    Ex. The structure adopted hews to the theoretical model of the resilient organization as described by Enright.
    Ex. The disputes between islanders and outsiders overlie the deeper problem of administrative denial of indigenous lagoon rights.
    Ex. He was told to ' keep up whatever it is he was doing' because he was doing great!.
    Ex. But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    ----
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * debate + seguir = debate + rage.
    * difícil de seguir = heavy going.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * hay que seguir adelante = the show must go on.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * modelos a seguir = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * no saber cómo seguir = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no seguir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * pautas a seguir = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * pendiente de seguir la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * procedimiento a seguir = code of practice.
    * que sigue = ensuing.
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * que uno sigue a su propio ritmo = self-paced, self-guided.
    * resignarse y seguir adelante = bite + the bullet.
    * seguir activo = remain + in being, remain + in place.
    * seguir adelante = go forward, forge + ahead, forge + forward, go ahead, go straight ahead, carry through, move along, move forward, press forward (with), move + forward, continue on + Posesivo + way, move on.
    * seguir adelante con = go ahead with, stick with.
    * seguir a flote = stay in + business, stay + afloat.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir Algo a rajatabla = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.
    * seguir a rajatabla = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir así = keep + it up, keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir avanzando = forge + ahead, forge + forward.
    * seguir caminando = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * seguir como antes = go on + as before.
    * seguir como modelo = pattern.
    * seguir con = go on with, maintain + continuity, maintain + momentum, stick at.
    * seguir con Algo = take + Nombre + further.
    * seguir con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir con el control = stay in + control.
    * seguir con el mando = stay in + control.
    * seguir con + Posesivo + vida normal = get on with + Posesivo + life.
    * seguir considerando = consider + further.
    * seguir de cerca = monitor, stay in + control, keep + track of.
    * seguir desarrollando = develop + further.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir el debate = follow + the thread.
    * seguir el ejemplo = follow + the lead, take after.
    * seguir el ejemplo de = take + Posesivo + cue from, take + a cue from.
    * seguir el ejemplo de Alguien = take + a leaf out of + Posesivo + book, follow + Posesivo + example.
    * seguir el hilo = follow + the thread.
    * seguir el ritmo de Algo o Alguien = keep up with + pace.
    * seguir en contacto = stay + tuned.
    * seguir en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), keep in + touch (with).
    * seguir en existencia = remain + in being.
    * seguir en la brecha = soldier on.
    * seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.
    * seguir entre los primeros = remain on top.
    * seguir enviando + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir este rumbo = proceed + along this way.
    * seguir + Gerundio = keep on + Gerundio.
    * seguir haciéndolo así = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir haciéndolo bien = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir haciendo lo mismo = business as usual.
    * seguir igual = be none the worse for wear.
    * seguir inmediatamente = fast on the heels of, on the heels of.
    * seguir inmediatamente a = come on + the heels of.
    * seguir irreconciliable con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir la conversación = follow + the thread.
    * seguir la corazonada de uno = play + Posesivo + hunches.
    * seguir la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * seguir la iniciativa = follow + the lead.
    * seguir la marcha de = monitor.
    * seguir la moda = catch + the fever.
    * seguir la pista = follow up, track, follow through, shadow, track down.
    * seguir la pista a un documento = chase + item.
    * seguir la pista de = keep + track of.
    * seguir la trayectoria = follow up, follow through.
    * seguirle el juego a, seguirle la corriente a = play along with.
    * seguirle la corriente a = play along with.
    * seguir levantado = stay up.
    * seguir líneas diferentes = be on different lines.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * seguir malgastando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.
    * seguir opuesto a = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir por delante de = keep + one step ahead of.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * seguir progresando = forge + ahead, forge + forward.
    * seguirse = ensue.
    * seguir siendo = remain.
    * seguir siendo + Adjetivo = remain + Adjetivo.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir sin agraciarse con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir sin haberse traducido = remain + untranslated.
    * seguir sin reconciliarse con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir sin traducirse = remain + untranslated.
    * seguir tirando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.
    * seguir trabajando aceptando una limitación = work (a)round + shortcoming, work (a)round + limitation, work (a)round + constraints.
    * seguir trabajando así = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir trabajando bien = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir tratando = discuss + further.
    * seguir una dirección = follow + path, take + path.
    * seguir una escala = fall along + a continuum.
    * seguir una estrategia = take + tack.
    * seguir una filosofía = espouse + philosophy.
    * seguir una metodología = adopt + approach.
    * seguir una práctica = adopt + practice.
    * seguir una táctica = take + tack.
    * seguir una trayectoria = follow + track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * seguir un consejo = take + advice.
    * seguir un curso de acción = follow + track.
    * seguir un método = take + approach.
    * seguir un modelo = embrace + model, conform to + image.
    * seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.
    * seguir un patrón = conform to + image.
    * seguir un principio = adopt + convention.
    * seguir un rumbo diferente = take + a different turn.
    * seguir + Verbo = still + Verbo.
    * seguir vigente = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * seguir viviendo = live on.
    * seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.
    * siguiendo = along.
    * siguiendo un estilo indicativo = indicatively.
    * si sigue así = at this rate.
    * si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.
    * tiempo + seguir su marcha inexorable = time + march on.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/vehículo/presa> to follow

    camina muy rápido, no la puedo seguir — she walks very fast, I can't keep up with her

    el que la sigue la consigue — (fam) if at first you don't succeed, try, try again

    2) <camino/ruta>

    siga esta carretera hasta llegar al puente — go along o follow this road as far as the bridge

    3) ( en el tiempo) to follow

    seguir a algo/alguien — to follow something/somebody

    4)
    a) <instrucciones/consejo/flecha> to follow
    b) ( basarse en) <autor/teoría/método/tradición> to follow
    5)
    a) <trámite/procedimiento> to follow
    b) (Educ) < curso> to take

    estoy siguiendo un curso de fotografía — I'm doing o taking a photography course

    6)
    a) <explicaciones/profesor> to follow

    dicta demasiado rápido, no la puedo seguir — she dictates too quickly, I can't keep up

    ¿me siguen? — are you with me?

    no sigo ese programa — I don't watch that program, I'm not following that program

    2.
    seguir vi
    1)
    a) ( por un camino) to go on

    siga derecho or todo recto hasta el final de la calle — keep o go straight on to the end of the street

    seguir de largo — (AmL) to go straight past

    b)
    c) (Col, Ven) ( entrar)

    siga por favor — come in, please

    2) (en lugar, estado)

    ¿tus padres siguen en Ginebra? — are your parents still in Geneva?

    sigue soltera/tan bonita como siempre — she's still single/as pretty as ever

    si las cosas siguen así... — if things carry on like this...

    si sigue así de trabajador, llegará lejos — if he carries on working as hard as this, he'll go a long way

    3)
    a) tareas/buen tiempo/lluvia to continue; rumores to persist
    b)

    seguir + ger: sigo pensando que deberíamos haber ido I still think we ought to have gone; sigue leyendo tú you read now; seguiré haciéndolo a mi manera — I'll go on o carry on doing it my way, I shall continue to do it my way (frml)

    4)
    a) (venir después, estar contiguo)
    b) historia/poema to continue

    ¿cómo sigue la canción? — how does the song go on?

    3.
    seguirse v pron (en 3a pers)

    de esto se sigue que... — it follows from this that...

    * * *
    = accord with, adhere to, chase, conform to, espouse, fit, follow, keep to, observe, pursue, run along, stay, stick to, proceed, overlay, carry on, go ahead, soldier on, succeed, hew to, overlie, keep up, roll on.

    Ex: So while that tracing may have accorded with a rule, it violated common sense.

    Ex: Since BC adheres closely to the educational and scientific consensus, BC found most favour with libraries in educational establishments.
    Ex: Also, in controlled indexing language data bases, there is often an assumption that a user will be prepared to chase strings of references or to consult a sometimes complex thesaurus.
    Ex: These basic permutation rules are modified somewhat to conform to bibliographic requirements.
    Ex: Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.
    Ex: Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex: An abstract covers all of the main points made in the original document, and usually follows the style and arrangement of the parent document.
    Ex: Obviously, once a choice of citation order has been made it must be kept to, otherwise, chaos will result.
    Ex: It is worth briefly observing a general approach to the creation of a data base.
    Ex: All effective indexes must have some common facets if only because the audience does not alter merely because the indexer chooses to pursue certain indexing practices.
    Ex: Whevener logical processes of thought are employed - that is, whenever thought for a time runs along an accepted groove - there is an opportunity for the machine.
    Ex: What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex: It might be striking to outline the instrumentalities of the future more spectacularly, rather than to stick closely to methods and elements now known.
    Ex: Before we proceed to look at the operators in detail, a couple of examples may help to make the layout clearer.
    Ex: There may be a very flexible communication system that overlays the administrative structure, or there may be a fairly rigid pattern of communication that adheres to the administrative lines of authority.
    Ex: If a child detects that no very strong value is placed on reading then he feels no compulsion to develop his own reading skill beyond the minimal, functional level we all need simply to carry on our daily lives in our print-dominated society.
    Ex: A plan for the construction and implementation phases will be drawn up, if it is decided to go ahead = Si se decide continuar, se elaborará un plan para las fases de construcción y puesta en práctica.
    Ex: Russell soldiered on in 'Principles of Mathematics', he pleaded a distinction between analysis by way of philosophical definitions and analysis by way of mathematical definitions.
    Ex: In 1964 he was promoted to Associate Director of the Processing Department where he succeeded John Cronin as Director four years later.
    Ex: The structure adopted hews to the theoretical model of the resilient organization as described by Enright.
    Ex: The disputes between islanders and outsiders overlie the deeper problem of administrative denial of indigenous lagoon rights.
    Ex: He was told to ' keep up whatever it is he was doing' because he was doing great!.
    Ex: But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * debate + seguir = debate + rage.
    * difícil de seguir = heavy going.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * hay que seguir adelante = the show must go on.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * modelos a seguir = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * no saber cómo seguir = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no seguir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * pautas a seguir = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * pendiente de seguir la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * procedimiento a seguir = code of practice.
    * que sigue = ensuing.
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * que uno sigue a su propio ritmo = self-paced, self-guided.
    * resignarse y seguir adelante = bite + the bullet.
    * seguir activo = remain + in being, remain + in place.
    * seguir adelante = go forward, forge + ahead, forge + forward, go ahead, go straight ahead, carry through, move along, move forward, press forward (with), move + forward, continue on + Posesivo + way, move on.
    * seguir adelante con = go ahead with, stick with.
    * seguir a flote = stay in + business, stay + afloat.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir Algo a rajatabla = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.
    * seguir a rajatabla = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir así = keep + it up, keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir avanzando = forge + ahead, forge + forward.
    * seguir caminando = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * seguir como antes = go on + as before.
    * seguir como modelo = pattern.
    * seguir con = go on with, maintain + continuity, maintain + momentum, stick at.
    * seguir con Algo = take + Nombre + further.
    * seguir con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir con el control = stay in + control.
    * seguir con el mando = stay in + control.
    * seguir con + Posesivo + vida normal = get on with + Posesivo + life.
    * seguir considerando = consider + further.
    * seguir de cerca = monitor, stay in + control, keep + track of.
    * seguir desarrollando = develop + further.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir el debate = follow + the thread.
    * seguir el ejemplo = follow + the lead, take after.
    * seguir el ejemplo de = take + Posesivo + cue from, take + a cue from.
    * seguir el ejemplo de Alguien = take + a leaf out of + Posesivo + book, follow + Posesivo + example.
    * seguir el hilo = follow + the thread.
    * seguir el ritmo de Algo o Alguien = keep up with + pace.
    * seguir en contacto = stay + tuned.
    * seguir en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), keep in + touch (with).
    * seguir en existencia = remain + in being.
    * seguir en la brecha = soldier on.
    * seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.
    * seguir entre los primeros = remain on top.
    * seguir enviando + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir este rumbo = proceed + along this way.
    * seguir + Gerundio = keep on + Gerundio.
    * seguir haciéndolo así = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir haciéndolo bien = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir haciendo lo mismo = business as usual.
    * seguir igual = be none the worse for wear.
    * seguir inmediatamente = fast on the heels of, on the heels of.
    * seguir inmediatamente a = come on + the heels of.
    * seguir irreconciliable con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir la conversación = follow + the thread.
    * seguir la corazonada de uno = play + Posesivo + hunches.
    * seguir la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * seguir la iniciativa = follow + the lead.
    * seguir la marcha de = monitor.
    * seguir la moda = catch + the fever.
    * seguir la pista = follow up, track, follow through, shadow, track down.
    * seguir la pista a un documento = chase + item.
    * seguir la pista de = keep + track of.
    * seguir la trayectoria = follow up, follow through.
    * seguirle el juego a, seguirle la corriente a = play along with.
    * seguirle la corriente a = play along with.
    * seguir levantado = stay up.
    * seguir líneas diferentes = be on different lines.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * seguir malgastando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.
    * seguir opuesto a = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir por delante de = keep + one step ahead of.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * seguir progresando = forge + ahead, forge + forward.
    * seguirse = ensue.
    * seguir siendo = remain.
    * seguir siendo + Adjetivo = remain + Adjetivo.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir sin agraciarse con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir sin haberse traducido = remain + untranslated.
    * seguir sin reconciliarse con = remain + unreconciled to.
    * seguir sin traducirse = remain + untranslated.
    * seguir tirando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.
    * seguir trabajando aceptando una limitación = work (a)round + shortcoming, work (a)round + limitation, work (a)round + constraints.
    * seguir trabajando así = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir trabajando bien = keep up + the good work.
    * seguir tratando = discuss + further.
    * seguir una dirección = follow + path, take + path.
    * seguir una escala = fall along + a continuum.
    * seguir una estrategia = take + tack.
    * seguir una filosofía = espouse + philosophy.
    * seguir una metodología = adopt + approach.
    * seguir una práctica = adopt + practice.
    * seguir una táctica = take + tack.
    * seguir una trayectoria = follow + track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * seguir un consejo = take + advice.
    * seguir un curso de acción = follow + track.
    * seguir un método = take + approach.
    * seguir un modelo = embrace + model, conform to + image.
    * seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.
    * seguir un patrón = conform to + image.
    * seguir un principio = adopt + convention.
    * seguir un rumbo diferente = take + a different turn.
    * seguir + Verbo = still + Verbo.
    * seguir vigente = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * seguir viviendo = live on.
    * seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.
    * siguiendo = along.
    * siguiendo un estilo indicativo = indicatively.
    * si sigue así = at this rate.
    * si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.
    * tiempo + seguir su marcha inexorable = time + march on.

    * * *
    seguir [ I30 ]
    vt
    A ‹persona/vehículo› to follow; ‹presa› to follow
    sígame, por favor follow me, please
    la hizo seguir por un detective he had her followed by a detective
    camina muy rápido, no la puedo seguir she walks very fast, I can't keep up with her
    siga (a) ese coche follow that car!
    creo que nos están siguiendo I think we're being followed
    la siguió con la mirada he followed her with his eyes
    le venían siguiendo los movimientos desde hacía meses they had been watching his movements for months
    seguidos cada vez más de cerca por los japoneses with the Japanese catching up o gaining on them all the time
    la mala suerte la seguía a todas partes she was dogged by bad luck wherever she went
    el que la sigue la consigue or la mata ( fam); if at first you don't succeed, try, try again
    B ‹camino/ruta›
    siga esta carretera hasta llegar al puente go along o take o follow this road as far as the bridge
    continuamos el viaje siguiendo la costa we continued our journey following the coast
    me paré a saludarla y seguí mi camino I stopped to say hello to her and went on my way
    si se sigue este camino se pasa por Capileira if you take this route you go through Capileira
    seguimos las huellas del animal hasta el río we tracked the animal to the river
    la enfermedad sigue su curso normal the illness is taking o running its normal course
    el tour sigue la ruta de Bolívar the tour follows the route taken by Bolivar
    siguiéndole los pasos al hermano mayor, decidió estudiar medicina following in his elder brother's footsteps, he decided to study medicine
    C (en el tiempo) to follow seguir A algo/algn to follow sth/sb
    los disturbios que siguieron a la manifestación the disturbances that followed the demonstration
    el hermano que me sigue está en Asunción the brother who comes after me is in Asunción
    D
    1 ‹instrucciones/consejo› to follow
    tienes que seguir el dictamen de tu conciencia you must be guided by your conscience
    2 (basarse en) ‹autor/teoría/método› to follow
    en su clasificación sigue a Sheldon he follows Sheldon in his classification
    sus esculturas siguen el modelo clásico her sculptures are in the classical style
    sigue a Kant she's a follower of Kant's philosophy
    sigue las líneas establecidas por nuestro fundador it follows the lines laid down by our founder
    E
    1 ‹trámite/procedimiento› to follow
    va a tener que seguir un tratamiento especial/una dieta hipocalórica you will have to undergo special treatment/follow a low-calorie diet
    se seguirá contra usted el procedimiento de suspensión del permiso de conducción steps will be taken leading to the withdrawal of your driver's license
    2 ( Educ) ‹curso› to take
    estoy siguiendo un cursillo de fotografía I'm doing o taking a short photography course
    ¿qué carrera piensas seguir? what are you thinking of studying o reading?
    F
    1 ‹explicaciones/profesor› to follow
    dicta demasiado rápido, no la puedo seguir she dictates too quickly, I can't keep up
    me cuesta seguir una conversación en francés I find it hard to follow a conversation in French
    ¿me siguen? are you with me?
    2
    (permanecer atento a): no sigo ese programa I don't watch that program, I'm not following that program
    sigue atentamente el curso de los acontecimientos he's following the course of events very closely
    sigue paso a paso la vida de su ídolo she keeps track of every detail of her idol's life
    seguimos muy de cerca su desarrollo we are keeping careful track of its development, we are following its development very closely
    ■ seguir
    vi
    A
    1 (por un camino) to go on
    siga derecho or todo recto hasta el final de la calle keep o go straight on to the end of the street
    sigue por esta calle hasta el semáforo go on down this street as far as the traffic lights
    el tren sigue hasta Salto the train goes on to Salto
    desde allí hay que seguir a pie/en mula from there you have to go on on foot/by mule
    2
    seguir adelante: ¿entienden? bien, entonces sigamos adelante do you understand? good, then let's carry on
    llueve ¿regresamos? — no, sigamos adelante it's raining, shall we go back? — no, let's go on o carry on
    resolvieron seguir adelante con los planes they decided to go ahead with their plans
    3
    ( Col) (entrar): siga por favor come in, please
    B
    (en un lugar, un estado): ¿tus padres siguen en Ginebra? are your parents still in Geneva?
    espero que sigan todos bien I hope you're all keeping well
    ¿sigues con la idea de mudarte? do you still intend to move?, are you still thinking of moving?
    sigo sin entender I still don't understand
    sigue soltera/tan bonita como siempre she's still single/as pretty as ever
    si sigue así de trabajador, llegará lejos if he carries on working as hard as this, he'll go a long way
    C
    1
    «tareas/investigaciones/rumores»: siguen las investigaciones en torno al crimen investigations are continuing into the crime
    sigue el buen tiempo en todo el país the good weather is continuing throughout the country, the whole country is still enjoying good weather
    si siguen estos rumores if these rumors persist
    2 seguir + GER:
    sigo pensando que deberíamos haber ido I still think we ought to have gone
    sigue leyendo tú, Elsa you read now, Elsa
    si sigues molestando te voy a echar if you carry on being a nuisance, I'm going to send you out
    seguiré haciéndolo a mi manera I'll go on o carry on doing it my way, I shall continue to do it my way ( frml)
    D
    1
    (venir después, estar contiguo): lee lo que sigue read what follows, read what comes next
    el capítulo que sigue the next chapter
    me bajo en la parada que sigue I get off at the next stop
    sigue una hora de música clásica there follows an hour of classical music
    2 «historia/poema» to continue
    ¿cómo sigue la canción? how does the song go on?
    [ S ] sigue en la página 8 continued on page 8
    la lista definitiva ha quedado como sigue the final list is as follows
    ( en tercera persona) seguirse DE algo to follow FROM sth
    de esto se sigue que su muerte no fue accidental it follows from this that her death was not accidental
    * * *

     

    seguir ( conjugate seguir) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹persona/vehículo/presa› to follow;
    ◊ camina muy rápido, no la puedo seguir she walks very fast, I can't keep up with her

    2 ‹camino/ruta› to follow, go along;
    ◊ siga esta carretera hasta llegar al puente go along o follow this road as far as the bridge;

    la saludé y seguí mi camino I said hello to her and went on (my way);
    la enfermedad sigue su curso normal the illness is running its normal course
    3
    a) ‹instrucciones/consejo/flecha› to follow

    b) ‹autor/método/tradición/moda› to follow;


    4
    a) ‹trámite/procedimiento› to follow;

    ‹ tratamiento› to undergo
    b) (Educ) ‹ curso› to do, take

    5 ‹explicaciones/profesor› to follow;
    ◊ dicta demasiado rápido, no la puedo seguir she dictates too quickly, I can't keep up

    verbo intransitivo
    1

    siga derecho or todo recto keep o go straight on;

    seguir de largo (AmL) to go straight past
    b)


    resolvieron seguir adelante con los planes they decided to go ahead with their plans
    c) (Col, Ven) ( entrar):

    ◊ siga por favor come in, please

    2 (en lugar, estado):
    ◊ ¿tus padres siguen en Ginebra? are your parents still in Geneva?;

    espero que sigan todos bien I hope you're all keeping well;
    sigue soltera she's still single;
    si las cosas siguen así … if things carry on like this …
    3 [tareas/buen tiempo/lluvia] to continue;
    [ rumores] to persist;

    seguiré haciéndolo a mi manera I'll go on o carry on doing it my way
    4


    el capítulo que sigue the next chapter
    b) [historia/poema] to continue, go on

    seguir
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to follow: ésta es la hermana que me sigue, she's the sister who comes after me
    me sigue a todas partes, he follows me wherever I go
    me seguía con la mirada, his eyes followed me
    2 (comprender) to understand, follow: no soy capaz de seguir el argumento, I can't follow the plot
    3 (una ruta, un camino, consejo) to follow
    4 (el ritmo, la moda) to keep: no sigues el ritmo, you aren't keeping time
    5 (el rastro, las huellas) to track
    6 (una actividad) sigue un curso de informática, she's doing a computer course
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (continuar) to keep (on), go on: seguiremos mañana, we'll continue tomorrow
    siguen casados, they are still married
    sigue tirando de la cuerda, keep (on) pulling at the rope ➣ Ver nota en continue y keep 2 (extenderse, llegar hasta) to stretch (out): los sembrados siguen hasta la ribera, the fields stretch down to the river-bank
    ' seguir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atorarse
    - continuar
    - escala
    - golpe
    - impulsar
    - juego
    - profesar
    - rastrear
    - ritmo
    - sino
    - suceder
    - trece
    - adelante
    - bordear
    - camino
    - cauce
    - cerca
    - línea
    - llevar
    - moda
    - paso
    - perro
    - racha
    - separar
    - siga
    - sigo
    - trazar
    - ver
    English:
    act on
    - advice
    - along
    - carry on
    - closely
    - continue
    - despite
    - ensue
    - fight on
    - follow
    - follow up
    - forge
    - get on
    - go ahead
    - go on
    - go through with
    - hope
    - hotly
    - keep
    - keep on
    - lead
    - march on
    - monitor
    - move on
    - obey
    - pick up
    - play on
    - play upon
    - practice
    - practise
    - press ahead
    - proceed
    - pursue
    - push ahead
    - push on
    - rattle on
    - reasoning
    - run on
    - send on
    - shadow
    - soldier on
    - stalk
    - stand
    - stay out
    - struggle on
    - succeed
    - tail
    - take
    - track
    - trail
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [ir detrás de, tomar la ruta de] to follow;
    tú ve delante, que yo te sigo you go ahead, I'll follow o I'll go behind;
    síganme, por favor follow me, please;
    la generación que nos sigue o [m5] que sigue a la nuestra the next generation, the generation after us;
    sigue este sendero hasta llegar a un bosque follow this path until you come to a forest;
    seguir el rastro de alguien/algo to follow sb's/sth's tracks;
    siga la flecha [en letrero] follow the arrow
    2. [perseguir] to follow;
    me parece que nos siguen I think we're being followed;
    parece que le siguen los problemas trouble seems to follow him around wherever he goes;
    el que la sigue la consigue where there's a will there's a way
    3. [estar atento a, imitar, obedecer] to follow;
    seguían con la vista la trayectoria de la bola they followed the ball with their eyes;
    no seguimos ese programa we don't follow that programme;
    seguir algo de cerca [su desarrollo, sus resultados] to follow o monitor sth closely;
    siempre sigue los dictámenes de la moda she always follows the latest fashion;
    los que siguen a Keynes followers of Keynes;
    el cuadro sigue una línea clásica the painting is classical in style;
    seguir las órdenes/instrucciones de alguien to follow sb's orders/instructions;
    sigue mi consejo y habla con ella take my advice and talk to her;
    siguiendo sus indicaciones, hemos cancelado el pedido we have cancelled the order as instructed
    4. [reanudar, continuar] to continue, to resume;
    yo seguí mi trabajo/camino I continued with my work/on my way;
    él siguió su discurso he continued o resumed his speech
    5. [comprender] [explicación, profesor, conferenciante] to follow;
    me costaba seguirle I found her hard to follow;
    ¿me sigues? do you follow?, are you with me?
    6. [mantener, someterse a] to follow;
    hay que seguir un cierto orden you have to follow o do things in a certain order;
    seguiremos el procedimiento habitual we will follow the usual procedure;
    es difícil seguirle (el ritmo), va muy deprisa it's hard to keep up with him, he goes very quickly;
    los aspirantes elegidos seguirán un proceso de formación the chosen candidates will receive o undergo training
    7. [cursar]
    sigue un curso de italiano he's doing an Italian course;
    sigue la carrera de medicina she's studying medicine
    ♦ vi
    1. [proseguir, no detenerse] to continue, to go on;
    ¡sigue, no te pares! go o carry on, don't stop!;
    aquí se baja él, yo sigo [al taxista] he's getting out here, I'm going on;
    siga con su trabajo carry on with your work;
    el sendero sigue hasta la cima the path continues o carries on to the top;
    "sigue la crisis en la bolsa de Tokio" Tokyo stock market crisis continues;
    debes seguir haciéndolo you should keep on o carry on doing it;
    ¿vas a seguir intentándolo? are you going to keep trying?;
    se seguían viendo de vez en cuando they still saw each other from time to time, they continued to see each other from time to time;
    seguir adelante (con algo) [con planes, proyectos] to go ahead (with sth)
    2. [mantenerse, permanecer]
    sigue enferma/en el hospital she's still ill/in hospital;
    ¿qué tal sigue la familia? how's the family getting on o keeping?;
    todo sigue igual everything's still the same, nothing has changed;
    sigue el buen tiempo en el sur del país the good weather in the south of the country is continuing;
    sigo trabajando en la fábrica I'm still working at the factory;
    ¿la sigues queriendo? do you still love her?;
    sigo pensando que está mal I still think it's wrong;
    sigue habiendo dudas sobre… doubts remain about…;
    ¡buen trabajo, sigue así! good work, keep it up!;
    si seguimos jugando así, ganaremos la liga if we carry on o keep playing like that, we'll win the league;
    Fam
    a seguir bien [como despedida] take care, look after yourself;
    de seguir así las cosas, si las cosas siguen así if things go on like this, the way things are going
    3. [tomar un camino]
    el resto siguió por otro camino the rest went another way;
    seguiremos hacia el este we'll go east then;
    siga todo recto go straight on;
    siga hasta el siguiente semáforo carry on till you get to the next set of traffic lights
    4. [sucederse, ir después] to follow;
    lo que sigue es una cita del Corán the following is a quotation from the Koran;
    seguir a algo to follow sth;
    la lluvia siguió a los truenos the thunder was followed by rain;
    ¿cómo sigue el chiste? how does the joke go on o continue?;
    el proceso de selección se realizará como sigue:… the selection process will be carried out as follows:…;
    sigue en la página 20 [en periódico, libro] continued on page 20
    5. Col [para dar permiso] please do;
    con permiso, ¿puedo entrar? – siga excuse me, can I come in? – please do
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 consejo, camino, moda etc follow;
    seguir a alguien follow s.o.
    :
    seguir fiel a alguien remain faithful to s.o.
    II v/i continue, carry on;
    seguir con algo continue with sth, carry on with sth;
    seguir haciendo algo go on doing sth, continue to do sth;
    sigue cometiendo los mismos errores he keeps on making the same mistakes;
    sigue enfadado conmigo he’s still angry with me;
    ¡a seguir bien! take care!, take it easy!
    * * *
    seguir {75} vt
    1) : to follow
    el sol sigue la lluvia: sunshine follows the rain
    seguiré tu consejo: I'll follow your advice
    me siguieron con la mirada: they followed me with their eyes
    2) : to go along, to keep on
    seguimos toda la carretera panamericana: we continued along the PanAmerican Highway
    siguió hablando: he kept on talking
    seguir el curso: to stay on course
    3) : to take (a course, a treatment)
    seguir vi
    1) : to go on, to keep going
    sigue adelante: keep going, carry on
    2) : to remain, to continue to be
    ¿todavía sigues aquí?: you're still here?
    sigue con vida: she's still alive
    3) : to follow, to come after
    la frase que sigue: the following sentence
    * * *
    seguir vb
    1. (en general) to follow
    3. (recorrer) to go on
    ¡sigue! No te pares go on! Don't stop!
    4. (continuar) to be still

    Spanish-English dictionary > seguir

  • 16 sur

    adj.
    south, southern.
    tiempo soleado en la mitad sur del país it will be sunny in the southern half of the country
    partieron con rumbo sur they headed south
    m.
    south.
    viento del sur south wind
    ir hacia el sur to go south(wards)
    está al sur de Madrid it's (to the) south of Madrid
    * * *
    1 south
    2 (viento) south wind
    \
    al sur de south of, to the south of
    * * *
    1. adj.
    south, southern
    2. noun m.
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ [región] southern; [dirección] southerly; [viento] south, southerly

    la zona sur de la ciudad — the southern part of the city, the south of the city

    2. SM
    1) (=punto cardinal) south
    2) [de región, país] south

    las ciudades del sur — the southern cities, the cities of the south

    vientos del sur — south o southerly winds

    3) (=viento) south o southerly wind
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> southern

    en la parte sur del país — in the southern part o the south of the country

    el ala/la costa sur — the south wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) south, South
    * * *
    = south, southland.
    Ex. Short-loans could move adjacent to the main issue desk at the south by moving furniture, or at the north by rearranging the catalogue.
    Ex. During his relatively brief career as a corporate tactician, Jeff Gordon, a lanky 32-year-old who retains a touch of the 'aw shucks' manner of his native southland, has chalked up some substantial achievement.
    ----
    * al sur de = south of.
    * América del Sur = South America.
    * Cono Sur, el = Southern Cone, the.
    * Corea del Sur = South Korea.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * del extremo sur = southernmost.
    * del sur = southern.
    * del sur de Europa = Southern European.
    * derecho hacia al sur = due south.
    * directamente hacia el sur = due south.
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * Europa del Sur = Southern Europe.
    * exactamente al sur = due south.
    * hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * Hemisferio Sur, el = Southern Hemisphere, the.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * Nueva Gales del Sur = New South Wales.
    * orientado al sur = south facing.
    * Pacífico del Sur, el = South Pacific, the.
    * Polo Sur, el = South Pole, the.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * Sur de Africa = Southern Africa.
    * sur de Asia = South Asia.
    * tierras del sur = southland.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> southern

    en la parte sur del país — in the southern part o the south of the country

    el ala/la costa sur — the south wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) south, South
    * * *
    = south, southland.

    Ex: Short-loans could move adjacent to the main issue desk at the south by moving furniture, or at the north by rearranging the catalogue.

    Ex: During his relatively brief career as a corporate tactician, Jeff Gordon, a lanky 32-year-old who retains a touch of the 'aw shucks' manner of his native southland, has chalked up some substantial achievement.
    * al sur de = south of.
    * América del Sur = South America.
    * Cono Sur, el = Southern Cone, the.
    * Corea del Sur = South Korea.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * del extremo sur = southernmost.
    * del sur = southern.
    * del sur de Europa = Southern European.
    * derecho hacia al sur = due south.
    * directamente hacia el sur = due south.
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * Europa del Sur = Southern Europe.
    * exactamente al sur = due south.
    * hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * Hemisferio Sur, el = Southern Hemisphere, the.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * Nueva Gales del Sur = New South Wales.
    * orientado al sur = south facing.
    * Pacífico del Sur, el = South Pacific, the.
    * Polo Sur, el = South Pole, the.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * Sur de Africa = Southern Africa.
    * sur de Asia = South Asia.
    * tierras del sur = southland.

    * * *
    sur1
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› southern
    en la parte sur del país in the southern part o the south of the country
    conducían en dirección sur they were driving south o southward(s), they were driving in a southerly direction
    el ala sur the south wing
    la costa sur the south coast
    la cara sur de la montaña the south o southern face of the mountain
    sur2
    1
    (parte, sector): el sur the south
    en el sur de la provincia in the south of the province
    queda al sur de Cartagena it lies to the south of Cartagena, it is (to the) south of Cartagena
    2 (punto cardinal) south, South
    vientos fuertes del sur strong southerly winds, strong winds from the south
    las avenidas van de Norte a Sur the avenues run north-south
    dar tres pasos hacia el Sur take three paces south o southward(s) o to the south
    vientos moderados del sector este, rotando al sur moderate winds from the east, becoming o veering southerly
    las ventanas dan al sur the windows face south o are south-facing
    está más al sur it's further (to the) south
    3
    el Sur ( Pol) the South
    4
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    S    
    sur
    S (
    ◊ sur) S, South

    S, s sustantivo femenino (read as /'ese/) the letter S, s
    sur adjetivo invariable ‹ región› southern;
    conducían en dirección sur they were driving south o southward(s);
    la costa sur the south coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (parte, sector):


    al sur de Cartagena to the south of Cartagena


    viajábamos hacia el sur we were travelling south o southward(s)
    sur
    I adjetivo south, southern
    la cara sur, the southern face
    II sustantivo masculino south
    al sur de Francia, to the south of France
    hacia el sur, southward(s)
    viento sur, south wind
    ' sur' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    América
    - cono
    - Corea del Sur
    - enfilar
    - hospedería
    - pegarse
    - polo
    - S.
    - terminal
    - África del Sur
    - contrario
    - hacia
    - orientar
    - S
    English:
    America
    - antiaging
    - base
    - due
    - equator
    - exposure
    - face
    - far
    - fly
    - lie
    - redneck
    - S
    - south
    - South America
    - South Korea
    - South Pole
    - South Sea Islands
    - South Seas
    - southerly
    - southern
    - Southern Cross
    - Southern Hemisphere
    - southward
    - wop
    - down
    - -facing
    - from
    - pole
    - South
    - sound
    * * *
    ♦ adj inv
    [posición, parte] south, southern; [dirección] southerly; [viento] south, southerly;
    la cara sur de la montaña the mountain's south face;
    la costa sur the south coast;
    tiempo soleado en la mitad sur del país it will be sunny in the southern half of the country;
    partieron con rumbo sur they headed south;
    un frente frío que se desplaza en dirección sur a cold front which is moving south o southwards
    ♦ nm
    1. [zona] south;
    está al sur de Buenos Aires it's (to the) south of Buenos Aires;
    la fachada da al sur the building faces south o is south-facing;
    viento del sur south o southerly wind;
    habrá lluvias en el sur (del país) there will be rain in the south (of the country);
    ir hacia el sur to go south o southwards
    2. [punto cardinal] South
    3. [viento] south wind, southerly
    * * *
    m south;
    al sur de to the south of, south of
    * * *
    sur adj
    : southern, southerly, south
    sur nm
    1) : south, South
    2) : south wind
    * * *
    sur n south

    Spanish-English dictionary > sur

  • 17 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 18 LJÁ

    I)
    (lé, léða, léðr), v.
    1) l. e-m e-s or e-m e-t, to lend one a thing (muntu mér, Freyja, fjaðrhams ljá?; bað hann ljá sér skip);
    2) to grant, give (vil ek, at þú ljáir mér tómstundar til at finna Gizur); l. sik til e-s, to lend oneself to a thing (ef hann vill sik til þess l. at gera yðr mein);
    3) impers., þat má vera, (at) þér ljái þess hugar at hverfa aptr, may be thou art minded to return; ef þér lér tveggja huga um þetta mál, if thou art in two minds in this matter.
    f. new-mown grass (kona hans rakaði ljá eptir honum).
    dat. and acc. from lé, scythe.
    * * *
    1.
    pres. lé, lér, mod. ljæ, ljær, pl. ljúm; pret. léði; pres. subj. lé (Blanda MS.), ljái, Nj. 77, Gg. 11, and mod.: the part. lénir (pl.), Fms. viii. (pref. xxv), is a relic of a lost strong inflexion; in mod. usage léðr; imperat. lé, 656 C. 35; mod. ljá or ljáðu: [Ulf. leiwan, a redupl. strong verb = δανείζειν, Matth. v. 42, Luke vi. 34; A. S. and O. H. G. lihan; Germ. leihen; cp. Icel. lán, lána, lén]:—to lend, with gen. of the thing, dat. of the person, but later with acc. of the thing; muntú mér, Freyja, fjaðrhams ljá? Þkv. 3; Óðinn léði Dag (dat.) geirs síns, Sæm. 114; ok ljái (subj., better lé) þér æ friðdrjúgrar farar, Gg. 11; nú hjálpi oss Guð, ok lé oss tóms at bæta syndir várar, Blanda (MS.); hón léði honum megin-gjarða ok járngreipa, Edda 60 (Cod. Worm.); þá léði hann Þórgesti setstokka (gen. pl.), Landn. 104; ef menn ljá göngu-mönnum fjár síns, Grág. i. 262.: ljá öðrum marks, ii. 304; ljá ambáttar, id.; ef maðr lér manni skips, 394; þeir léðu honum hesta (gen. pl.), Ld. 136; sá er skyldr at ljá skips er beðinn er, K. Þ. K. 8; lé þú mér höfuðdúks þíns, Post. 656, l. c.; at þú ljáir mér tómstundar, Nj. 77; Ingimundr lér þeim Stíganda (gen.?), Fs. 30.
    2. metaph. to grant, allow; þeir ljá honum lífs, en engrar annarrar miskunnar, Hom. 119; er nú lér hann vándum mönnum at ganga yfir oss, Fms. vii. 262; þeim var grunr á, at þó mundi hafðir, þótt eigi væri lénir, viii. (pref. xxv); en annarr hafi léð, Grág. i. 437; þeir báðu sér skips, þeim var léð þegar, Nj. 20; hann kvaðsk hafa léð honum en eigi gefit, Eb. 168.
    3. later, with acc. of the thing, and so in mod. usage; ef hann vill sik til þess ljá, Hkr. i. 212;. hann lér sitt góða á frest, H. E. i. 519; sem Guð læir (i. e. lér) honum framast vit til, Js. 5, Fms. vi. 144, viii. 71, Karl. 247, Gísl. 19; hann lér þeim hestana, id.
    II. impers., þat má vera þér ljái þess hugar at hverfa aptr, may be thou art minded to return, Þorst. Síðu H 176; ef þér lér tveggja huga um þetta mál, if you are of two minds in this matter, Odd. 112 new Ed.; ok lér mér þess hugar, I ween, Fms xi. 96 (emend, for hlær mér hugr).
    III. reflex. ljásk, to lend oneself to a thing, Gþl. 216.
    2.
    f. [lé; East Angl. lay], the mown grass in a field: kona hans rakaði ljá eptir honum, ok bar reifa-barn á baki sér, Bs. i. 666; Stórólfr sendi griðkonur sínar at raka ljána eptir Ormi, Fb. i. 522, freq. in mod. usage.
    II. Ljá, the name of a river in western Iceland, whence Ljár-skógar, m. pl., Landn., but this local name is prob. of Gaelic origin, cp. Engl. Lea, Lee.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LJÁ

  • 19 Chinese Jute

    This fibre is strong, white and glossy and yielded by the Abutilon avicennae, a weed that grows extensively in America. It is known as Chinese jute, but is not a jute variety at all, being the Indian Mallow. The plant produces about 20 per cent of fibre (see Indian Mallow Hemp), used to be called American Jute. Other varieties of the Abutilon species are: - Abutilon incanum - A very durable fibre is obtained from this Mexican variety, which is used for making nets, ropes and hammocks. Abutilon indicum, Abutilon graveoleus, Abutilon muticum, Abutilon polyandrum - East Indian varieties, and used for cordage. Abutilon periplocifolium - Grows in the tropical parts of America, giving a very good fibre, long and of a creamy colour. ———————— White, lustrous, fairly strong fibre, yielded by the Indian Mallow. It is not a jute variety, but a species of Abutilon It is superior to jute. Also known as Chingma or Tientsin jute.

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > Chinese Jute

  • 20 China Grass Or Nettle

    A plant that grows in East India, Siam, Cochin China, Japan, China and elsewhere. The stem bears broad oval leaves, the upper side being smooth and green, while the under side is covered with a white woolly down. The fibre is 4-in. to 5-in. long and very strong. In its wild state it is known as Rhea and is found in almost impenetrable masses. The plant is the Baehmeria or stingless nettle and the leaves are white felted underneath; hence the name " White Ramie " sometimes given to the fibre (see Ramie). Yarns spun from this fibre are very strong, whitish in colour and lustrous (see Textile Fibres)

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > China Grass Or Nettle

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • East African lakes — ▪ lake system, East Africa Introduction  group of lakes in East Africa (eastern Africa). The majority of the East African lakes lie within the East African Rift System, which forms a part of a series of gigantic fissures in the Earth s crust… …   Universalium

  • East Vancouver — (also East Van or the East Side ) is a region within the City of Vancouver, Canada. Geographically, East Vancouver is bordered to the north by Burrard Inlet, to the south by the Fraser River and to the east by the city of Burnaby. East Vancouver… …   Wikipedia

  • East Fremantle Football Club — East Fremantle Names Full name East Fremantle Football Club Nickname(s) Sharks, Old Easts 2011 season Premiership …   Wikipedia

  • East End X Yuri — East End × Yuri (pronounced “East End Plus Yuri” by the band in the song “Ii Kanji Fact|date=November 2007) was a short lived collaboration between the Japanese hip hop group East End and the singer Yuri.MembersEast End members are Gaku, the MC… …   Wikipedia

  • East African Community — East African Community  Jumuiya ya Afrika ya Mashariki …   Wikipedia

  • East Asian Community — (EAC) is a proposed trade bloc for the East Asia countries that may arise out of either ASEAN Plus Three or the East Asia Summit (EAS). Potential members If based on the members of the East Asia Summit the members will be:* plus the Candidate… …   Wikipedia

  • East Java — Jawa Timur   Province   …   Wikipedia

  • East Brunswick Public Schools — is a comprehensive community public school district serving students from kindergarten through twelfth grade in East Brunswick, in Middlesex County, New Jersey, United States. Between 9,000 and 10,000 students attend one or another of the eleven… …   Wikipedia

  • East Pakistan Air Operations, 1971 — East Pakistan Air Operations Part of Indo Pakistani War of 1971 Date 2–16 December 1971 Location …   Wikipedia

  • East Germany at the Olympics — East Germany at the Olympic Games Flag of the German Democratic Republic – Flag bearer …   Wikipedia

  • East Williamsburg, Brooklyn — East Williamsburg is a name for the area in the northwestern portion of the borough of Brooklyn in New York City, United States, which lies between Williamsburg and Bushwick. In the past, much of this area had been referred to as either Bushwick… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»